Skip to main content

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"

See other formats


.fiSfc 


THIS  IS  LYCOMING 


R 


<CT 


GOALS  FOR  LYCOMING 

Lycoming  enjoys  a  continuing  and  mutually  supportive  relationship  with  The 
United  Methodist  Church.  It  has  consistently  supported  the  Methodist  tradition 
ot  providing  educational  opportunities  for  persons  of  all  religious  faiths.  Within 
this  setting  of  religious  concern,  the  search  for  values  must  continue  to  be  an 
important  function  of  this  institution. 

THE  PRINCIPAL  AIM  OF  THE  COLLEGE 

The  principal  aim  of  Lycoming  College  is  to  use  its  resources  to  provide  for  its 
students  the  finest  undergraduate  educational  opportunity  attainable.  The 
College  serves  primarily  to  help  each  student  develop  a  central  core  of  values, 
awarenesses,  strategies,  skills,  and  information  that  is  integrated  and  coherent 
enough  to  lead  to  a  productive  and  fulfilling  life  in  an  enormously  complex  world, 
and  at  the  same  time  is  sufficiently  open  and  flexible  to  encourage  continuous 
growth  and  development. 


4 1  THIS  IS  LYCOMING 


HISTORY 

Founded  in  1 81 2  as  Williamsport  Academy  it  is  the  oldest  educational  institution 
in  the  city  of  Williamsport.  At  first,  the  Academy  served  only  the  young  through 
what  are  now  recognized  as  the  elementary  grades.  With  the  advent  of  public 
schools  in  the  city,  the  Academy  expanded  its  curricular  offerings  to  include 
high  school  and  college  preparatory  work. 

In  1 848,  under  the  patronage  of  The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  the  Academy 
became  Williamsport  Dickinson  Seminary.  The  Seminary  continued  as  a  private 
boarding  school  until  1929  when  once  again  its  offerings  were  expanded,  this 
time  to  include  two  years  of  college  work.  This  expansion  resulted  in  a  change 
of  the  institution's  name  to  Williamsport  Dickinson  Seminary  and  Junior  College. 
During  its  years  as  a  junior  college  under  President  John  W.  Long,  the  institution 
forged  a  strong  academic  reputation,  strengthened  its  faculty,  and  expanded 
its  physical  plant. 

Increasing  national  demands  for  higher  education  following  World  War  II 
prompted  another  significant  step  in  the  growth  of  the  institution.  In  1948,  the 
junior  college  became  Lycoming  College,  a  four-year  degree-granting  college 
of  liberal  arts  and  sciences. 

The  College  has  enjoyed  the  support  and  stabilizing  influence  of  The  United 
Methodist  Church  for  more  than  a  century.  During  most  of  that  period  the 
corporate  stock  of  this  institution  was  owned  by  the  Preachers'  Aid  Society  of 
the  Central  Pennsylvania  Conference.  In  1970  all  corporate  stock  was  trans- 
ferred to  a  self-perpetuating  Board  of  Trustees  of  Lycoming  College. 

Lycoming  is  approved  to  grant  baccalaureate  degrees  by  the  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education.  The  College  is  accredited  by  the  Middle  States 
Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  and  the  University  Senate  of 
The  United  Methodist  Church.  It  is  a  member  of  the  National  Commission  on 
Accrediting,  the  Association  of  American  Colleges,  the  Pennsylvania  Associa- 
tion of  Colleges  and  Universities,  the  Commission  for  Independent  Colleges  and 
Universities,  and  the  National  Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges  of  The 
United  Methodist  Church. 

The  name  Lycoming  is  derived  from  an  Indian  word  "lacomic"  meaning  "Great 
Stream".  It  is  a  name  that  has  been  common  to  north  central  Pennsylvania  since 
colonial  times. 


ADMISSIONS 


ADMISSION  POLICY 

Selective  admission  is  based  on  academic  achievement  reflected  in  high 
school  records,  class  rank,  and  ACT  or  SAT  scores.  In  addition,  subjects 
studied,  counselor  and  teacher  recommendations,  and  other  available  informa- 
tion that  might  identify  qualified  candidates  are  considered. 

ADMISSION  STANDARDS 

1.  You  should  graduate  from  an  approved  secondary  school  or  fulfill  the 
requirements  for  early  admission. 

2.  Although  a  set  pattern  of  high  school  subjects  is  not  required,  a  strong 
program  of  academic  subjects  is  recommended  as  the  most  desirable 
preparation  for  college.  You  should  have  a  minimum  of  fifteen  academic 
units  with  substantial  work  in  the  areas  of  English  and  mathematics,  and 
additional  work  in  foreign  language,  social  studies,  and  science. 

3.  The  College  Board  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  or  American  College  Test  is 
required.  Your  scores  are  considered  with  other  academic  information. 


SELECTION  PROCESS 

You  should  file  your  application  between  October  1st  and  May  1st.  However, 
your  application  may  be  considered  after  May  1st,  if  space  is  available. 

Although  it  might  seem,  with  the  emphasis  placed  on  test  scores,  class  rank, 
and  other  statistical  information,  that  numbers  are  all  important,  this  premise  is 
not  entirely  so.  Much  time  is  devoted  to  reading  your  application,  personal 
recommendations,  counselor's  evaluations,  and  other  available  information.  In 
addition,  phone  calls  and  letters  are  frequently  exchanged  in  an  effort  to  discern 
your  special  talents  and  qualities  which  could  play  an  important  role  in  your 
success  as  a  student  at  Lycoming.  Each  candidate  is  carefully  considered  in 
a  very  personal  way. 

The  College  notifies  applicants  of  acceptance  on  a  rolling  schedule.  Your 
notification  letter  will  be  sent  soon  after  your  credentials  have  been  received. 
In  some  instances,  it  may  be  necessary  to  request  your  senior  mid-year  grades 
and  senior  ACT  or  SAT  score  reports.  Your  decision  to  attend  Lycoming  must 
be  made  on  or  before  the  Candidate's  Reply  Date  of  May  1st.  The  College 
should  be  notified  by  payment  of  a  $1 00.00  deposit.  After  May  1  st,  this  deposit 
is  non-refundable  to  students  who  fail  to  matriculate.  For  enrolling  students,  this 
is  not  an  extra  charge,  but  it  is  used  to  reserve  a  space  at  the  College  for  the 
fall  and  each  succeeding  semester  for  which  the  student  is  eligible  to  return. 
It  will  be  applied  toward  the  charges  of  the  last  semester  in  attendance,  normally 
the  semester  prior  to  graduation.  When  a  student  decides  to  terminate  his 
enrollment  at  Lycoming  prior  to  graduation,  this  fee  will  be  refunded  when  a 
written  request  is  made  to  the  Registrar  before  the  end  of  the  student's  eighth 
week  of  his  last  semester. 


6/ ADMISSIONS 

APPLICATION  PROCEDURE 

1 .  To  apply  for  admission,  request  forms  from  the  Director  of  Admissions. 

2.  These  items  must  be  submitted  before  you  are  considered  for  admission: 

A.  Completed  application  for  admission  and  secondary  school  transcript. 

B.  Fee  of  $15,  which  is  a  processing  charge  and  is  not  refundable. 

C.  Results  from  the  American  College  Testing  Program  or  the  Scholastic 
Aptitude  Test  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board. 

3.  You  and  your  family  are  invited  to  visit  the  campus  and  to  meet  with  a 
representative  of  the  Admissions  Office.  You  will  have  an  opportunity  to 
review  your  credential  file,  to  discuss  your  plans,  and  to  ask  and  answer 
questions. 

MEDICAL  HISTORY  AND  PHYSICAL  EXAMINATION 

Each  student  entering  the  college  is  required  to  submit  a  medical  history  record 
and  a  physical  examination  form  prior  to  arriving  on  the  campus.  A  parent  or 
guardian  of  each  student  under  twenty-one  years  of  age  must  sign  the  health 
record  which  authorizes  the  college  health  authorities  to  give  emergency 
medical  treatment  according  to  good  medical  practice.  In  the  event  an 
operation  or  other  treatment  is  required  for  a  serious  accident  or  illness,  the 
College  Physician  will  always  secure  prior  parental  consent  if  the  circumstances 
permit. 


ADMISSIONS  I  7 


COURSE  CREDIT  BY  EXAMINATION 

Advanced  Placement 

If  you  are  entering  as  a  freshman,  have  studied  an  advanced  course  while  in 
secondary  school,  and  have  taken  the  appropriate  advanced  placement 
examination  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board,  you  are  encouraged 
to  apply  for  credit  and  advanced  placement.  A  grade  of  three  or  above  is 
generally  considered  to  be  satisfactory. 

College  Level  Examination  Program  —  (CLEP) 

You  may  earn  college  credit  for  superior  achievement  on  the  College  Level 
Examination  Program  (CLEP)  sponsored  by  the  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board.  By  achieving  at  the  75th  percentile  or  above  on  the  General  Examina- 
tions and  the  65th  percentile  or  above  on  the  Subject  Examinations,  you  may 
earn  up  to  fifty  percent  of  the  course  requirements  for  a  bachelor  of  arts  degree. 
These  examinations  are  administered  the  third  week  of  each  month  at  regional 
testing  locations  around  the  nation.  Further  information  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Office  of  Admissions.  While  these  examinations  may  be  taken  after 
enrollment  at  the  College,  entering  freshman  are  encouraged  to  take  the 
examinations  of  their  choice  during  the  second  semester  of  their  senior  year  in 
high  school.  If  you  do  so,  the  College  will  have  the  test  scores  prior  to  your 
registration.  This  will  assure  appropriate  course  credit  prior  to  your  selection  of 
freshman  courses. 


ADVANCED  STANDING  BY  TRANSFER 

Lycoming  College  recognizes  college  level  course  work  you  have  completed 
at  other  institutions.  You  must  submit  official  copies  of  transcripts  from  all 
institutions  you  have  attended.  Your  academic  standing  will  be  based  on  an 
evalution  of  all  courses  taken.  All  courses  passed,  which  are  comparable  to  the 
curriculum  at  Lycoming,  will  be  accepted  for  transfer.  However,  the  final  eight 
courses  must  be  taken  at  Lycoming  College.  You  must  be  in  good  academic 
standing  with  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.0  (C)  to  be  considered  for 
admission. 


EARLY  ADMISSION 

A  number  of  high  schools  have  accelerated  and  enriched  their  programs  to  the 
degree  that  the  advanced  students  may  be  intellectually  and  emotionally  ready 
for  the  collegiate  experience  by  the  close  of  the  junior  year  in  high  school. 
Lycoming  College  is  willing  to  consider  and  admit  these  students  to  the 
freshman  class  each  year. 


EARLY  ADMISSION  PROCEDURE 

1.  Your  high  school  counselor  recommends  you  for  early  admission. 

2.  Your  parents  approve  the  advancement  as  preferable  to  the  senior  year  at 

the  high  school. 

3.  After  consulation  between  you,  your  parents,  your  school  administrators,  and 

College  personnel,  you  complete  the  regular  application  procedure. 

4.  You  are  admitted  with  full  freshman  standing.  At  the  successful  completion 

of  your  freshman  year,  your  high  school  receives  a  grade  report  from  the 
College.  The  high  school  then  usually  awards  its  standard  diploma. 

ADMISSION  AS  A  SPECIAL  STUDENT 

Persons  who  wish  to  take  one  or  more  courses  and  are  not  regularly  enrolled 
at  Lycoming  may  apply  for  admission  to  any  term  as  a  special  student. 
Application  forms  are  available  from  the  Admissions  Office. 

PROVISIONS  FOR  VETERANS 

Lycoming  is  fully  approved  for  the  educational  program  for  veterans  under 
Federal  Public  Laws  550,  634,  and  894. 

ADMISSIONS  OFFICE 

The  Admissions  Office  is  located  on  the  first  floor  of  Long  Hall.  For  an 
appointment  please  write  or  call  the  Admissions  Office.  The  telephone  number 
is  Williamsport  717  326-1951. 

Office  hours  are: 

Monday  through  Friday 9:00  a.m.  to  4:30  p.m. 

Saturday 9:00  a.m.  to  12:00  noon 

June,  July,  August  -  4:00  p.m.  closing  and  no  Saturday  hours. 


8 


ORIENTATION 

The  orientation  program  at  Lycoming  is  designed  to  help  the  student  entering 
college  for  the  first  time  to  start  this  new  adventure  under  the  most  favorable 
circumstances.  An  entirely  new  concept  of  courses,  class  scheduling,  and 
methods  of  instruction  must  be  assimilated.  Adjustments  to  this  new  experience 
are  important. 

In  order  to  prepare  you  for  the  beginning  of  this  experience,  Lycoming 
schedules  four  to  six  orientation  sessions  lasting  two  and  one  half  days  during 
the  summer.  Each  new  student  is  required  to  attend  one  of  these  sessions 
accompanied  by  at  least  one  parent. 

The  summer  program  makes  it  possible  to  schedule  ample  time  for  academic 
advisement,  placement  testing,  li  brary  orientation,  and  registration.  The  college 
is  able  to  work  more  satisfactorily  with  you  in  planning  programs  of  study  tailored 
to  your  vocational  and  academic  interests.  You  complete  all  preliminaries, 
including  registration,  during  the  summer  orientation  period.  Textbooks  are 
available  for  purchase  and  perusal  prior  to  the  opening  of  classes  in  the  fall. 

Information  about  the  dates  of  orientation  sessions  and  a  pre-registration  form 
will  be  mailed  to  you  when  you  are  confirmed  at  Lycoming  College. 


10 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 


EXPENSES 


Lycoming  recognizes  the  problem  of  constantly  increasing  educational  costs 
and  offers  a  substantial  program  of  financial  aid  to  assist  those  needing  help 
to  attend  an  excellent  private  coeducational  college. 

If  you  are  academically  qualified  you  should  not  hesitate  to  apply  to  Lycoming 
College  solely  because  of  financial  need.  At  Lycoming,  we  make  every  effort 
to  assure  that  qualified  students  are  not  barred  due  to  their  limited  resources. 

The  expenses  listed  below  have  been  kept  as  low  as  possible  through  regular 
voluntary  contributions  from  alumni  and  friends  plus  income  from  invested 
endowment  funds.  This  gift  income  has  permitted  Lycoming  to  develop  a  well- 
qualified  academic  community  and  to  continually  improve  its  excellent  facilities. 

Thus  at  Lycoming  you  will  receive  much  more  than  any  fees  you  pay  would  buy 
— a  rare  bargain  in  today's  economy.  And  if  our  "bargain"  price  is  still  beyond 
your  means,  our  financial  aid  office  will  assist  you  as  much  as  possible,  as 
outlined  beginning  on  page  15. 

GENERAL  EXPENSES  FOR  THE  ACADEMIC  YEAR  1975-1976 

The  Comprehensive  Fee  at  Lycoming  is  $1 ,200.00  per  semester,  plus  special 
charges  which  are  listed  on  the  following  pages.  A  residence  hall  room  costs 
$275.00  per  semester  except  for  East  Hall  where  an  extra  charge  of  $12.00  or 
$25.00  is  charged  depending  on  facilities  provided.  Board  is  $325.00  per 
semester.  If,  for  justifiable  reason,  it  is  impossible  for  a  student  to  eat  in  the 
College  Dining  Room,  permission  may  be  granted  to  make  other  meal 
arrangements.  However,  when  such  permission  is  granted,  the  room  cost  will 
be  50%  higher.  If  you  request  the  use  of  a  double  room  as  a  single  room,  an 
available  room  costs  50%  more  than  its  regular  rate. 

The  comprehensive  fee  covers  the  regular  load  of  three  orfour  unit  courses  each 
semester.  If  there  should  be  a  considerable  increase  inthe  price  of  commodities 
and /or  services  during  any  semester,  the  College  reserves  the  right  to  make 
appropriate  increases  in  the  charges  for  the  following  semester.  Additional 
detailed  information  will  be  furnished  by  the  Treasurer's  Office  upon  request. 


11 


12 1  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 


APPLICATION  FEE  AND  DEPOSITS 

All  students  applying  for  admissions  are  required  to  send  an  application  fee  of 
$15.00  with  the  application.  This  charge  is  to  defray  the  cost  of  processing  the 
application  and  maintaining  academic  records  and  it  is  non-refundable. 

After  you  are  notified  that  you  have  been  accepted  for  admission  by  the  College, 
you  are  required  to  make  a  deposit  of  $1 00.00.  This  deposit  is  evidence  of  your 
good  intention  to  matriculate  and  is  applicable  to  the  general  charges  of  your 
final  semester  in  attendance;  it  is  not  an  extra  fee.  This  deposit  is  not  refundable 
if  you  fail  to  matriculate  at  Lycoming. 

All  resident  students  are  required  to  make  an  additional  Room  Security  Deposit 
of  $50.00.  If,  as  a  resident  student,  you  are  not  assessed  for  any  damage  to  your 
room  in  the  residence  hall,  the  Room  Security  Deposit  is  fully  refunded  when 
you  no  longer  live  in  the  residence  hall. 

EXPENSES  IN  DETAIL  PER  SEMESTER  —  1975-1976 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  adjust  fees  at  any  time. 


One-Time  Fees  and  Deposits 

Resident  Students  Non-Resident  Students 

$      15.00 Application  Fee $      15.00 

$    100.00 Admission  Deposit $    100.00 

$     50.00 Room  Security  Deposit 

Per  Semester  (1974-1975) 

$1,200.00 Comprehensive  Fee $1,200.00 

$    275.00 Room 

$    325.00 Board 


$1,800.00 Basic  Cost $1,200.00 

Fees  For  Part-Time  Students 

Application  Fee $  15.00 

Each  Unit  Course $  300.00 

Additional  charges 

Fifth  Unit  Course $  300.00 

Laboratory  Fee  per  Unit  Course $5.00  to  $  30.00 

Applied  Music  Fee  (Half-Hour  per  Week  per  Semester) $  50.00 

Practice  Teaching  Fee  (Payable  in  Junior  Year) $  80.00 

Transcript  Fee  (No  Charge  for  First  Transcript) $  100 

Cap  and  Gown  (Rental  at  Prevailing  Cost) 

R.O.T.C.  Basic  Course  Deposit $  30.00 

R.O.T.C.  Advanced  Course  Deposit $  30.00 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION!  13 


BOOKS  AND  SUPPLIES 

A  book  and  supply  store  is  conveniantly  located  in  Wertz  Student  Center.  The 
estimated  cost  ranges  from  $75.00  to  $150.00  per  year  depending  on  the 
course  of  study  which  you  pursue. 

PAYMENT  OF  FEES 

The  basic  fees  for  each  semester  are  due  and  payable  ten  days  before  the 
beginning  of  that  semester. 

PARTIAL  PAYMENTS 

For  the  convenience  of  those  who  find  it  impossible  to  follow  the  schedule  of 
payments  as  listed,  arangements  may  be  made  with  the  College  Treasurer  for 
the  monthly  payment  of  college  fees  through  various  educational  plans. 
Additional  information  concerning  partial  payments  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Treasurer  or  Director  of  Admissions. 

WITHDRAWALS  AND  REFUNDS 

The  date  on  which  the  Dean  of  the  College  approves  the  student's  withdrawal 
form  is  considered  the  offical  date  of  withdrawal.  In  the  case  of  minors,  the 
approval  of  the  parent  or  guardian  is  required  before  the  withdrawal  is  approved 
and  before  any  refund  is  made. 

Room  charges  are  fixed  on  a  semester  basis.  If  you  leave  college  prior  to  the 
end  of  a  semester  you  will  not  be  entitled  to  any  refund  of  room  charges. 


14 /FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 


Refund  of  tuition  and  board  will  be  made  to  students  who  withdraw  voluntarily 
from  the  college  while  in  good  standing  and  is  fixed  on  the  following  basis: 
Students  leaving  during  the  first  four-week  period  are  charged  thirty  percent; 
during  the  second  four  weeks,  sixty  percent;  during  the  third  four  weeks,  ninety 
percent;  after  twelve  weeks,  full  charge. 

Dropping  a  unit  course  from  the  original  schedule  after  the  first  week  of  either 
semester  will  not  justify  any  claim  for  refund  of  tuition  charges.  No  refund  will 
be  made  to  those  students  who  are  asked  to  withdraw  from  the  college.  Special 
charges  cannot  be  refunded  for  any  reason  whatever. 

PENALTY  FOR  NON-PAYMENT  OF  FEES 

You  will  not  be  registered  for  courses  in  a  new  semester  if  your  account  for 
previous  attendance  has  not  been  settled.  No  grades  will  be  issued,  no  diploma, 
transcript  of  credits,  or  certification  of  withdrawal  in  good  standing  will  be 
granted  to  any  student  until  a  satisfactory  settlement  of  all  obligations  has  been 
made. 

DAMAGE  CHARGES 

Wherever  possible,  damage  to  dormitory  property  will  be  charged  to  the  person 
or  persons  directly  responsible.  Damage  and  breakage  occurring  in  a  room  will 
be  the  responsibility  of  students  occupying  the  room.  Halls  and  bathroom 
damage  will  be  the  responsibility  of  all  students  of  the  section  where  damage 
occurs.  Actual  costs  of  repairs  will  be  charged. 

ACCIDENT  AND  SICKNESS  INSURANCE 

As  a  resident  student,  you  must  purchase  the  Accident  and  Sickness  Group 
Insurance  Plan  of  the  college  for  the  academic  year,  unless  you  can  present 
evidence  that  you  are  covered  under  some  other  health  insurance  program. 
Non-resident  students  may  participate  in  the  College  Group  Insurance  Plan  on 
a  voluntary  basis.  If  a  resident  student  becomes  ineligible  under  another  plan 
because  of  age,  he  must  enter  the  college  program  in  the  semester  in  which 
he  loses  his  other  coverage  on  a  voluntary  basis  for  all  students.  Information 
concerning  the  plan  and  its  benefits  will  be  sent  to  students  during  the  summer. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


In  considering  the  financing  of  your  college  education  both  the  expenses 
involved  and  the  various  methods  of  meeting  them  should  be  considered 
simultaneously.  At  Lycoming,  if  you  need  financial  aid,  a  generous  program  of 
assistance  can  help  to  lower  your  out-of-pocket  cost  significantly. 

Since  you  will  be  the  primary  beneficiary  of  your  higher  education,  we  feel  you 
should  assume  part  of  the  responsibility  for  paying  your  college  expenses.  You 
can  do  this  by  saving,  working,  and  borrowing.  We  expect  you  to  make  every 
effort  to  obtain  financial  support  from  such  outside  sources  as  state  and  local 
grants,  company  scholarships  for  employee's  children,  and  other  funds  you 
may  be  eligible  to  receive. 

A  student's  parents  are  often  an  important  source  of  financial  help.  Some 
families  of  modest  means  can  give  only  moral  support,  but  most  also  can  give 
substantial  financial  help.  We  are  eager  to  help  you  and  your  parents  to  meet 
your  educational  expenses  at  Lycoming  but  expect  each  family  to  pay  as  much 
as  it  can  reasonably  afford  and  at  least  as  much  as  other  families  in  similar 
financial  curcumstances. 

The  establishment  of  need  is  the  controlling  factor  in  determining  the  amount 
of  any  financial  aid.  A  scholarship  may  be  awarded  on  the  basis  of  financial 
need  and  academic  ability,  while  a  grant  is  given  on  the  basis  of  financial  need 
alone.  Long  term,  low  cost  educational  loans  are  available  to  most  students  who 
need  them  from  Federal  and  State  sources.  If  your  academic  standing  is 
satisfactory,  a  portion  of  your  college  expenses  can  be  earned  by  part-time 
work. 

Financial  need  is  determined  by  deducting  what  you  and  your  parents  can 
reasonably  contribute  toward  your  education  from  the  actual  cost  of  attending 
Lycoming  College.  You  are  eligible  to  be  considered  for  financial  aid  up  to  the 
part  of  the  cost  which  it  is  impossible  for  you  to  provide.  Your  family's  total 
financial  situation  is  judged.  Not  only  gross  income  and  net  assets  are 
considered,  but  also  the  number  of  dependent  children,  unusual  medical 
expenses,  marital  status  of  parents,  brothers  or  sisters  attending  college,  and 
other  pertinent  data. 

To  apply  for  financial  assistance,  obtain  the  "Parents  Confidential  Statement" 
form  from  your  high  school  guidance  counselor  or  the  Financial  Aid  Office  at 
Lycoming.  Submit  the  completed  "Parents  Confidential  Statement"  to  the 
College  Scholarship  Service,  P.O.  Box  1 76,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540,  at  the 
earliest  convenient  date. 


15 


16 1  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 


SCHOLARSHIPS 

A  number  of  scholarships  are  awarded  to  freshman  applicants  who  are  in  the 
top  fifth  of  their  high  school  class  and  have  a  combined  score  over  1 200  in  the 
College  Entrance  Board  Tests.  The  scholarships  range  from  $300  to  full  tuition 
depending  upon  the  student's  financial  need.  These  scholarships  are  renewed 
each  year  if  the  student  maintains  a  3.0  cumulative  average  and  financial  need 
continues.  There  are  a  number  of  Freshman  Recognition  Scholarships  of 
$500.00  each  awarded  to  applicants  who  have  superior  academic  quali- 
fications but  do  not  demonstrate  any  financial  need.  These  scholarships  are 
only  for  the  student's  first  year  at  Lycoming. 

GRANTS-IN-AID 

For  worthy  students  who  can  not  qualify  for  scholarships,  Lycoming  has  an 
extensive  program  of  grants-in-aid  up  to  full  tuition.  Awards  are  based  on 
demonstrated  need  and  the  prospect  of  the  student  contributing  positively  to 
the  college  community.  Renewal  requires  continued  financial  need,  main- 
tenance of  satisfactory  academic  and  citizenship  standards,  and  participation 
in  college  activities. 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION!  17 


MINISTERIAL  GRANTS-IN-AID 

Each  applicant  for  a  ministerial  grant-in-aid  should  complete  the  College 
Scholarship  Service  form.  If  there  is  demonstrated  need  for  more  financial 
assistance  than  a  ministerial  grant-in-aid  will  provide,  additional  types  of  aid  will 
be  considered.  The  ministerial  grant-in-aid  will  be  part  of  a  total  award  to  meet 
a  demonstrated  need  — it  will  not  be  given  in  addition  to  awards  which  will  meet 
established  needs. 

Children  of  Minsters  of  the  Central  Pennsylvania  Annual  Conference  of  The 
United  Methodist  Church  receive  grants  equal  to  one-third  of  the  charges  for 
tuition. 

Children  of  Ministers  of  other  Annual  Conferences  of  The  United  Methodist 
Church  and  of  other  denominations  receive  grants  equal  to  one-fourth  of  the 
charges  for  tuition. 

Students  preparing  for  the  Christian  ministry  receive  grants  equal  to  one-fourth 
of  the  charges  for  tuition.  They  must  satisfactorily  complete  the  application  for 
pre-ministerial  discount,  file  an  application  for  financial  aid,  and  demonstrate 
financial  need. 


18 /FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 


FEDERAL  BASIC  EDUCATIONAL  OPPORTUNITY  GRANTS  (BEOG) 

The  Educational  Amendments  of  1972  established  this  new  program  of  basic 
grants  up  to  $1 ,400.00  per  year  for  full  time  students  which  are  granted  on  the 
basis  of  financial  need.  Separate  application  to  the  Federal  government  is 
required.  These  applications  are  available  from  high  school  guidance  offices 
and  from  the  Financial  Aid  Office.  All  students  should  apply  for  the  BEOG 
program. 

FEDERAL  SUPPLEMENTAL  EDUCATIONAL  OPPORTUNITY 
GRANTS  (SEOG) 

This  is  a  Federal  program  to  provide  additional  assistance  to  those  students  with 
heavy  financial  need.  Awards  are  made  of  $200.00  to  $1 ,500.00  and  are  based 
entirely  on  financial  need.  Renewal  is  available  if  the  applicant  has  no  reduction 
in  financial  need  in  succeeding  years. 

FEDERAL  NATIONAL  DIRECT  STUDENT  LOANS  (NDSL) 

Federal  loan  funds  are  available  under  the  National  Defense  Education  Act  of 
1958.  Loans  up  to  $1,000.00  per  year  are  granted  on  the  basis  of  academic 
promise  and  demonstrated  need.  Repayment  does  not  begin  until  after 
graduation  or  withdrawal.  Loans  are  normally  renewed  yearly  if  the  applicant 
files  a  renewal  application  by  May  1st. 

FEDERAL  COLLEGE  WORK-STUDY  GRANTS  (CWSP) 

An  opportunity  is  provided  for  students  to  earn  some  part  of  their  College 
expenses  and  gain  some  practical  experience  from  working  on  campus  or  in 
selected  off-campus  programs.  The  Federal  income  guidelines  must  be  met  to 
be  eligible  for  work-study  awards.  There  are  opportunities  for  campus  em- 
ployment for  those  students  who  can  not  meet  the  Federal  guidelines  but  who 
desire  employment;  these  students  should  file  an  application  with  the  Place- 
ment Office.     ' 


l^K        ^ 


I 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION/  19 


OTHER  SOURCES  OF  FINANCIAL  ASSISTANCE 


STATE  GRANTS 

All  applicants  for  financial  aid  are  strongly  urged  to  investigate  programs 
sponsored  Py  their  home  state  and  to  apply  before  the  deadline.  Pennsylvania 
applicants  should  apply  for  state  aid  before  the  deadline  (normally  January 
30th)  during  their  senior  year  in  high  school.  See  your  guidance  counselor  or 
write:  P.H.E.A.A.,  Towne  House,  Harrisburg,  Pa.  17102. 


STATE  GUARANTEED  LOANS 

Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  New  York,  and  most  other  states  provide  state 
guaranteed  loans  through  local  banks.  This  program  provides  long-term  loans 
for  educational  expenses  with  repayments  over  an  extended,  liberal  payment 
schedule.  See  your  own  bank  early  for  information. 

COMMUNITY  SCHOLARSHIPS 

In  many  communities  there  are  local  groups  and  foundations  which  provide 
funds  to  help  worthy  students.  High  school  awards  are  often  available.  Your 
guidance  counselor  and  principal  are  the  best  sources  of  information. 

EDUCATION  FINANCING  PLANS 

In  addition  to  direct  financial  aid  described  above,  the  Business  Office  or  the 
Financial  Aid  Office  will  provide  information,  upon  request,  about  plans  enabling 
parents  to  pay  college  expenses  on  a  monthly  basis  through  selected 
companies. 

RESERVE  OFFICERS  TRAINING  CORPS  (ROTC)  SCHOLARSHIPS 

Students  participating  in  the  Army  ROTC  program  are  eligible  forthree,  two,  and 
one  year  ROTC  scholarships  to  finance  tuition,  books,  lab  fees,  etc.,  with  the 
exception  of  room  and  board.  Scholarship  students  also  receive  $100.00  per 
month  during  the  academic  year. 

RESERVE  OFFICERS  TRAINING  CORPS  (ROTC)  PROGRAM 

Students  participating  in  the  Army  ROTC  program  receive  $100.00  per 
academic  month  of  their  junior  and  senior  years.  They  also  receive  half  a  second 
lieutenant's  pay  plus  travel  expenses  for  a  six-week  advanced  summer  camp 
between  their  junior  and  senior  years. 

Additional  information  concerning  financial  aid  can  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the 
Financial  Aid  Office,  Lycoming  College,  Williamsport,  Pa.  17701. 


20 


m*~  s& 


^^. 


21 


CAMPUS  LIFE 


STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 


The  college  considers  one  of  its  responsibilities  to  be  the  encouragment  of  as 
many  different  activities  as  are  necessary  to  provide  all  students  with  the 
opportunity  to  participate  constructively  in  this  area  of  student  life.  Departmental 
clubs;  athletics,  both  intercollegiate  and  intramural;  varied  interest  groups  such 
as  clubs,  choir,  band;  social  organizations;  social  activities;  self-governing 
groups;  and  many  informal  associations  are  important  in  a  well-integrated 
program  of  student  activities. 

STUDENT  ASSOCIATION  OF  LYCOMING  COLLEGE 

The  Student  Association  of  Lycoming  College  is  the  channel  through  which 
students  communicate  with  fellow  students,  administrators,  and  faculty.  SALC 
is  the  representative  voice  of  all  students  and  the  group  which  the  College 
recognizes  as  the  spokesman  for  students.  The  SALC  can  be  a  forum  where 
student  concerns,  needs,  desires,  and  grievances  can  be  discussed  and 
effectively  communicated  to  the  administration  and  faculty. 

The  primary  concern  of  SALC  is  the  promotion  of  student  involvement  in 
college  concerns.  As  one  responsibility  of  SALC,  its  president  appoints 
students  to  appropriate  student/faculty  and  administrative  committees  and 
councils.  They  have  the  same  individual  voting  privileges  as  faculty  and 
administrators.  Any  interested  student  is  eligible  for  appointment  to  these 
committees  which  play  an  important  role  in  the  functioning  of  the  College. 

STUDENT  UNION 

The  Student  Union  Board  is  an  advisory  and  functional  group  of  students  who 
work  with  an  associate  dean  of  students  who  helps  develop  the  activity  and 
social  program.  Students  are  selected  for  membership  on  the  Board  by 
indicating  their  interest  in  the  program. 

The  Board's  services  to  the  campus  include  poster  making  and  publicity,  a 
travel  service,  social  programs,  dances,  lectures,  concerts,  picnics,  films, 
tournaments,  recreational  activities,  bridge,  life-saving  courses,  coffee-hours, 
and  intercollegiate  events. 

22 


CAMPUS  CLUBS  AND  ORGANIZATIONS 

A  variety  of  organizations  on  the  campus  provide  opportunities  for  social  and 
intellectual  growth.  These  groups  are  organized  and  conducted  by  students  in 
cooperation  with  faculty  sponsors  or  advisors. 


Some  of  the  groups  are:  the  Student  P 
teachers  current  information  on  the 
problems  of  education;  The  Varsity 
promotes  college  spirit  in  sports;  the 
business  administration;  the  French, 
which  study  the  language  and  the  life 
United  Nations  Society;  the  Practica 
Associated  Women  Students. 


S.E.A. — N.E.A.,  which  gives  prospective 
teaching  field  and  an  insight  into  the 
Club,  composed  of  lettermen,  which 
Business  Club  for  students  majoring  in 
German,  Russian,  and  Spanish  Clubs, 
and  culture  of  the  countries;  the  Model 
Politics  Society;  political  clubs,  and  the 


COLLEGE  PUBLICATIONS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS 

The  Bell,  offical  student  newspaper,  is  published  weekly  and  is  devoted  to 
interests  of  the  student  body,  reporting  current  campus  events. 

The  Arrow,  college  yearbook,  is  published  in  August  and  presents  a  record  of 
student  life  during  the  previous  academic  year. 

The  Guidepost,  published  annually  by  the  Student  Association  and  Office  of 
Student  Services,  is  a  handbook  of  policies,  regulations,  and  other  information. 

The  Residence  Halls  Handbook  is  published  annually  by  the  Office  of  Student 
Services  and  provides  information  about  residence  hall  facilities,  activities, 
governance,  rules,  and  regulations. 

NOTE:  Both  the  Guidepost  and  the  Residence  Hall  Handbook  are  important 
statements  of  official  College  policy  and  regulations  which  you  will  receive 
before  you  are  required  to  confirm  your  acceptance  of  the  College's  offer  of 
admission. 

The  Academic  Bulletin  is  published  periodically  by  the  Dean  of  the  College  to 
keep  students,  faculty,  and  administrators  informed  of  academic  affairs. 


23 


24  I  CAMPUS  LIFE 


The  Lycoming,  eight  newspaper  and  two  magazine  editions  yearly,  informs 
alumni  and  friends  about  Lycoming.  Students  and  faculty  contribute  articles. 

The  Campus  Radio  Station,  WLCR,  broadcasts  on  a  wired  circuit  to  all  residence 
halls.  It  is  operated  daily  from  8  a.m.  to  2  a.m.,  except  Sunday  when  it  is  on  the 
air  on  a  more  limited  schedule. 


FINE  ARTS  ACTIVITIES 

The  Arena  Theatre  stages  many  productions  throughout  the  year.  You  have  an 
opportunity  to  enjoy  serious  drama,  comedies,  readings,  recitals,  and  even 
marionette  productions,  or  you  can  participate — from  acting  through  all  the 
behind-the-scene  activities. 

Musical  organizations  at  Lycoming  offer  to  vocalists  and  instrumentalists  alike 
a  fine  opportunity  to  learn  by  doing.  There  are  several  choral  groups  and 
instrumental  ensembles  offering  every  able  student  the  chance  to  participate 
both  on  the  campus  and  on  tour. 

If  you  are  interested  in  art  you  can  work  in  many  mediums.  Many  professional 
artists,  lecturers,  and  performers  exhibit  and  appear  on  campus  and  in  the  area. 


FRATERNITIES 

Six  Greek  fraternities  provide  male  students  with  the  advantages  of  national 
fraternities.  Activities  of  Kappa  Delta  Rho,  Sigma  Pi,  Lambda  Chi  Alpha,  Theta 
Chi,  Alpha  Sigma  Phi,  and  Tau  Kappa  Epsilon  are  coordinated  by  I.F.C. 


INTERCOLLEGIATE  SPORTS 

The  college  offers  an  attractive  program  of  intercollegiate  athletics  and 
encourages  wide  participation  by  its  students.  It  is  a  member  of  the  National 
Collegiate  Athletic  Association,  the  Eastern  Collegiate  Athletic  Conference,  and 
the  Northern  Division  of  the  Middle  Atlantic  Conference.  Lycoming  annually 
meets  some  of  the  top-ranking  small  college  teams  in  the  East  in  athletic 
competition.  Contests  are  scheduled  in  football,  soccer,  basketball,  wrestling, 
swimming,  tennis,  golf,  and  track. 


INTRAMURAL  ATHLETICS 

An  extensive  and  diversified  program  of  intramural  athletic  competition  affords 
an  opportunity  to  participate  in  one  or  more  sports  of  your  choice. 

Sports  include  touch  football,  basketball,  volleyball,  table  tennis,  golf,  badmin- 
ton, tennis,  softball,  wrestling,  horseshoes,  bowling,  track  and  field,  archery, 
and  field  hockey.  Both  men's  and  women's  teams  and  competitions  are 
available  in  most  of  these  intramural  sports. 


25 


26 1  CAMPUS  LIFE 


STUDENT  SERVICES 


The  Office  of  Student  Services  is  concerned  with  various  aspects  of  your 
development.  The  staff  consists  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Services  and  four 
assistant  deans,  each  of  whom  live  on  campus  and  are  available  for  counseling 
and  advising  students  with  individual  problems.  In  addition,  each  staff  member 
is  responsible  for  specific  assignments  such  as:  Religious  Activities,  Health 
Service,  Organizational  Life,  Student  Activities,  the  Student  Union,  Housing, 
Special  Programs,  Career  Counseling  and  Placement. 


PERSONAL  COUNSELING 

The  Dean  of  Student  Services  and  his  assistants  provide  advisement  and 
counseling  for  students  with  emotional  and  adjustment  problems.  Each  member 
of  the  staff  is  qualified  to  give  assistance  of  a  non-therapeutic  type.  A 
psychiatrist  serves  as  a  consultant  to  the  staff  and  is  available  for  evaluation  of 
students  who  may  be  in  need  of  professional  services.  Continuing  therapy  is 
available  only  through  referral  to  public  agencies  and  private  clinicians  in  the 
community.  When  a  student  uses  the  services  of  a  private  clinician  he  is 
responsible  for  the  payment  of  his  own  fees. 

In  addition  to  counseling  on  personal  problems,  vocational  advisement  and 
limited  testing  services  are  provided  by  the  Student  Services  Office  staff. 


HEALTH  SERVICE 

The  College  maintains  an  out-patient  service,  located  in  Rich  Hall,  which  is 
staffed  with  a  registered  nurse  five  days  a  week  from  9:00  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m. 
When  the  Health  Service  is  closed,  emergency  care  is  available  at  the 
Williamsport  Hospital  Emergency  Room  through  the  Emergency  Care  Physi- 
cians Association.  The  College  pays  the  emergency  room  charge  and  the  ECPA 
physician's  fee  for  illness  only.  The  student  is  responsible  for  other  charges. 

The  College  physician  is  available  from  11:00  a.m.  to  12:00  noon  Monday 
through  Friday  at  the  Health  Service  and  on  call  at  other  hours  through  the 
nurses.  Normal  medical  treatment  by  the  Health  Service  staff  at  the  College 
Health  Service  is  free  of  charge.  However,  special  medications,  x-rays,  surgery, 
care  of  major  accidents,  immunizations,  examinations  for  glasses,  physician's 
visits  other  than  in  the  Health  Service,  referrals  for  treatment  by  specialists,  and 
special  nursing  service,  etc.,  are  not  included  in  the  free  health  service,  except 
as  provided  by  the  ECPA  at  the  hospital  when  the  Health  Service  is  closed.  The 
student  must  pay  for  a  visit  to  the  doctor's  private  office. 


STUDY  SKILLS  PROGRAM 

A  series  of  professionally  directed  study-skills  sessions  are  scheduled  as  the 
need  arises.  Groups  of  six  to  ten  students  are  enrolled  for  a  series  of  four  one- 
hour  sessions.  These  include  sessions  on  reading  skills,  test-taking,  note- 
taking,  psychological  blocks  to  studying,  etc. 


CAMPUS  LIFE  1 27 


READING  IMPROVEMENT  COURSE 

A  course  designed  to  improve  reading  skills  is  offered  at  various  times  during 
the  academic  year.  Skilled  insturctors  teach  how  to  improve  reading  speed  and 
comprehension  in  short  courses  which  span  a  three-week  period.  If  you  are 
deficient  in  reading  skills,  you  may  sign  up  for  this  course  on  a  voluntary  basis. 
The  charge  is  $15.00.  Information  is  sent  to  students  during  the  summer. 


CAREER  DEVELOPMENT  CENTER 

Through  the  provision  of  information  and  counseling,  the  Career  Development 
Center  at  Lycoming  helps  you  to  better  understand  and  determine  career 
objectives.  With  greater  insight  into  your  academic  and  career  goals  you  may 
broaden  the  career  opportunities  open  to  you  after  graduation.  You  also  can 
receive  help  securing  part-time,  summer,  and  post-graduate  employment. 


RESIDENCE  AND  RESIDENCE  HALLS 

If  you  are  a  single  student  and  do  not  reside  at  home  you  are  required  to  live 
in  the  college  residence  halls  and  eat  your  meals  in  the  college  dining  room. 
Requests  for  exceptions  must  be  submitted  in  writing  to  the  Associate  Dean  of 
Student  Services-Housing. 

If  you  do  not  have  permission  to  live  off-campus,  you  must  sign  a  room 
agreement  form,  agreeing  to  observe  the  rules  and  regualtions  for  resident 
students.  An  agreement  form  will  be  sent  to  you  following  your  acceptance. 
Upperclassmen  receive  the  agreements  and  rules  and  regulations  each  Spring. 

Because  of  the  inability  of  the  College  to  predict  enrollment  by  sex,  it  is 
necessary  to  keep  assignments  of  halls  as  flexible  as  possible.  No  hall  is 
specifically  assigned  to  women  or  men  on  other  than  a  year  to  year  basis. 

Resident  students  are  responsible  for  the  condition  of  their  room  and  its 
furnishings.  The  College  reserves  the  right  to  enter  and  inspect  any  of  its 
property,  or  the  property  of  a  room  resident  for  reasons  of  damage,  health, 
safety,  or  to  determine  whether  violation  of  its  rules  or  the  law  are  taking  place 
or  have  occurred.  Charges  will  be  assessed  for  damages  to  rooms,  doors, 
furniture,  and  commonly  used  areas. 

Resident  students  are  expected  to  vacate  their  rooms  during  the  vacation 
periods  when  the  halls  are  closed  and  not  later  than  twenty-four  hours  following 
their  last  examinations,  except  for  graduating  seniors. 

Regulations  regarding  quiet  hours  for  study  may  be  established  by  the 
appropriate  residence  hall  councils  and  are  published  in  the  Residence  Halls 
Handbook  and  on  the  bulletin  boards  in  the  halls. 

Room  visitation  by  members  of  the  opposite  sex  is  permitted  in  the  halls  only 
under  conditions  which  are  established  by  the  College  in  cooperation  with  the 
various  residence  hall  governing  groups  which  share  responsibility  for  regu- 
lations and  are  organized  each  fall  before  visitation  privileges  begin. 


28 


HHll 


■ 


I 


STANDARDS  OF  CONDUCT 

The  College  expects  all  of  its  students  to  accept  the  responsibility  required  of 
citizens  in  a  free  democratic  society.  The  rules  and  regulations  of  the  College 
are  designed  to  protect  the  rights  of  every  member  of  the  community  against 
encroachment  by  individuals.  The  limitations  which  are  imposed  upon  the 
activities  of  individuals  are  established  for  the  common  good  of  the  entire 
college  community. 

Students  who  are  unable  to  demonstrate  that  they  can  accept  this  responsibility 
or  are  antagonistic  to  the  spirit  and  general  purpose  of  the  College,  or  fail  to 
abide  by  the  regulations  established  by  the  College  may  be  dismissed  or 
requested  to  leave  the  College  at  any  time.  Further,  at  the  end  of  any  term  or 
semester  the  College  may  deny  a  student  the  privilege  of  attending  any 
subsequent  term  or  semester  when  the  administration  deems  this  to  be  in  the 
best  interest  of  the  College.  In  addition  to  the  regulations  published  here, 
specific  rules  are  furnished  each  student  in  the  Guidepost. 

The  consumption  or  possession  of  alcoholic  beverages  on  campus  or  at  any 
offical  college  function  is  prohibited.  Detailed  information  regarding  the  laws  of 
the  Commorrwealth  of  Pennsylvania  are  published  in  the  Guidepost. 

Lycoming  does  not  condone  the  illegal  use  of  drugs  by  its  students.  A  detailed 
statement  of  the  policy  on  drugs  is  published  in  the  Guidepost. 

Cheating,  lying,  and  stealing  are  totally  inconsistent  with  Lycoming  standards. 
Although  the  acceptance  and  observance  of  the  standards  of  behavior 
expected  by  the  College  is  an  individual  responsibility  it  is  a  group  responsibility 
as  well.  It  is  incumbent  on  all  Lycoming  students  that  they  attempt  to  influence 
their  peers  to  conduct  themselves  honorably  for  the  collective  good. 

It  is  assumed  that  a  willingness  to  accept  these  restrictions  is  implicit  in  the 
acceptance  of  membership  in  the  Lycoming  College  community.  When  you  are 
admitted  to  Lycoming  you  will  receive  a  copy  of  the  Guidepost  and  a  copy  of 
the  Residence  Halls  Handbook  if  you  will  live  in  a  College  residence. 

Both  documents  are  important  statements  of  offical  College  policy,  rules,  and 
regulations  which  are  part  of  the  contractual  agreement  which  you  enter  into 
when  you  register  as  a  student  at  Lycoming. 


30 


RELIGIOUS  LIFE 

Lycoming  College  provides  you  with  many  opportunities  to  mature  in  your  faith 
through  voluntary  participation  in  the  religious  life  of  the  campus. 

Faculty  and  students  express  their  religious  convictions  through  membership 
and  participation  in  nearly  thirty  Protestant  denominations  as  well  as  the  Roman 
Catholic  and  Hebrew  faiths.  Significant  opportunities  are  offered  to  every 
student  for  the  voluntary  expression  of  this  religious  faith. 

A  varied  religious  life  program  is  maintained  as  needs  arise.  The  Campus 
Church  conducts  worship  services  each  Sunday  and  at  other  times  such  as 
Holy  Week.  The  services  of  worship  are  planned  and  conducted  by  students 
and  include  the  use  of  outside  speakers  as  well  as  our  own  faculty  and  students. 
The  worship  committee  is  appointed  by  the  Campus  Church  Council;  the 
governing  body  is  elected  by  the  Campus  Church.  The  mission  of  the  Campus 
Church  is  activated  by  the  Campus  Church  Council  through  activities  such  as 
retreats,  service  projects,  and  study  groups. 

A  part-time  Roman  Catholic  chaplain  assists  the  activities  of  the  Newman  Club 
and  maintains  office  hours  in  Clarke  Chapel  for  counseling  purposes.  Mass  is 
celebrated  on  campus  each  Sunday. 

Interfaith  activities  are  carried  out  through  special  committees  in  consultation 
with  the  Roman  Catholic  chaplain  and  other  interested  persons. 


31 


32 


THIS  IS  LYCOMING 

Lycoming  is  a  coeducational  liberal  arts  college  with  a  student  body  of  1,500, 
approximately  900  men  and  600  women.  A  United  Methodist  related  institution, 
Lycoming  is  open  to  students  regardless  of  their  religious,  racial,  or  national 
backgrounds. 

At  Lycoming  it  is  believed  that  a  liberal  arts  education  is  the  best  hope  for  an 
enlightened  citizenry  and  that  vocational  and  professional  specialization  must 
be  built  on  a  broad  acquaintance  with  the  various  disciplines.  Programs  are 
arranged  within  a  liberal  arts  framework  so  that  all  students  study  the 
humanities,  sciences,  and  social  sciences. 

Beyond  the  level  of  general  education,  the  College  stresses  the  pursuit  of  a 
major.  This  presses  you  to  achieve  competency  in  a  more  limited  area  and 
encourages  greater  depth  and  sense  of  academic  achievement.  The  major 
relates  to  increased  understanding  of  yourself  and  your  world;  it  leads  both  to 
graduate  school  and  to  vocation.  Majors  are  not  confined  to  single  departments 
of  the  College;  increasingly  they  are  interdepartmental  in  nature,  thus  permitting 
the  student  a  wider  range  of  experience  in  related  fields. 

LOCATION 

Lycoming  College,  in  scenic  North  Central  Pennsylvania  ninety  miles  north  of 
Harrisburg,  is  set  upon  a  slight  prominence  near  downtown  Williamsport 
overlooking  the  beautiful  West  Branch  Valley  of  the  Susquehanna  River.  Greater 
Williamsport,  with  a  population  of  85,000,  is  within  200  miles  of  Washington, 
Baltimore,  Philadelphia,  New  York,  Syracuse,  Rochester,  Buffalo,  and  Pit- 
tsburgh. It  is  easily  accessible  by  bus,  airline,  and  automobile.  Interstate  80 
passes  fifteen  miles  south  of  Williamsport;  U.S.  Routes  15  and  220  come 
through  the  city. 

CAMPUS  LIFE 

A  full  program  of  cultural,  professional,  athletic,  and  social  activities  is  an 
integral  part  of  college  life  at  Lycoming.  You  can  find  outlets  for  your  talents, 
interests,  and  abilities  among  the  numerous  student  organizations — fraternities, 
departmental  clubs  and  honorary  societies,  student  government,  publications, 
and  a  comprehensive  varsity  and  intramural  sports  program — each  abounding 
in  opportunities  for  student  participation.  Student  Council,  The  Campus  Church, 
Student  Union  Board,  and  other  campus  organizations  bring  in  a  variety  of  talent 
and  speakers. 


33 


*^p 


t>* - 


ft? 


36 /LYCOMING  CAMPUS 


RESIDENTIAL 

1.  North  Hall  (1965)  -  146  students  in  two-room  suites  with  bath. 

4.  East  Hall  (1962)  -  Houses  chapters  of  national  fraternities  and  other  students.  The  fraternity  units, 
distinct  self-contained,  provide  dormitory  facilities,  lounge,  and  a  chapter  room  for  each  group. 
All  students  share  a  large  social  area  on  the  ground  floor. 

5.  Forrest  Hall  (1968)  -  92  students  in  two-room  suites  wi  th  bath.  Honors  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Fletcher  Bliss 
Forrest  and  Anna  Forrest  Burfiendt  '30,  the  parents  and  sister  of  Katherine  Forrest  Mathers  '28 
whose  generosity  established  the  memorial. 

6.  Crever  Hall  (1962)  -126  students  in  two-room  suites  with  bath.  Honors  the  College's  founder  and 
first  financial  agent,  Rev.  Benjamin  H.  Crever,  who  helped  persuade  the  Baltimore  Conference 
to  purchase  the  institution  from  the  Williamsport  Town  Council  in  1848. 

8.  Wesley  Hall  (1956)  -  144  students.  Honors  the  Founder  of  Methodism. 

9.  Rich  Hall  (1948)  -  126  students  in  two-room  suites  with  bath.  Honors  the  Rich  family  of  Woolrich, 
Pennsyl  vania.  Houses  the  college  health  service  and  the  Sara  J.  Walter  non-residents  lounge. 

11.  Asbury  Hall  (1962)  -  154  students.  Honors  Bishop  Francis  Asbury,  the  father  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church  in  America,  who  made  the  circuit  through  the  upper  "Susquehanna  District"  in 
1812,  the  year  the  Williamsport  Academy  (now  Lycoming)  opened  its  doors. 

18.  Skeath  Hall  (1965)  - 184  students.  Honors  the  Late  J.  Milton  Skeath,  professor  of  psychology  and 
four-time  dean  of  the  institution  from  1921  to  1967. 

ACADEMIC 

The  Academic  Center  (1968) 

12.  Laboratories  and  Arena  Theatre  -  Language,  business,  mathematics,  and  physics  laboratories; 
Detwiler  Planetarium  ;  204  seat  thrust-stage  arena  theatre;  90  seat  Alumni  Lecture  Hall. 

13.  Faculty  Office  Building  -  69  faculty  offices,  seminar  rooms,  735  seat  lecture  hall. 

14.  Wendle  Hall  -  Spacious  Pennington  Lounge  is  an  informal  meeting  place  for  students  and  faculty. 
Psychology  laboratories,  20  classrooms. 

15.  Library  -  Can  accommodate  700  students  in  a  variety  of  study  and  reading  situations,  has  a 
capacity  of  250,000  volumes,  computer  center,  audio-visual  center. 

2   Art  Center  (1965)  -  Studios  and  art  gallery. 

3.  Fine  Arts  Building  (1940)  -  Music  studios  and  individual  practice  rooms. 

19.  Eveland  Hall  (1912)  -  Sculpture  and  art  studios. 

21.  Science  Building  (1957)  -  Chemistry  and  biology  lecture  rooms,  laboratories,  offices. 

CHAPELS 

17.  Clarke  Chapel  (1939)  -  Worship  services  and  other  events  in  auditorium,  classrooms  and  faculty 

offices  on  ground  floor. 
10.  Conner  Memorial  Chapel  -On  the  ground  floor  of  Long  Hall.  Honors  Benjamin  C.  Conner  president 

of  Williamsport  Dickinson  Seminary  1913-1921. 

ADMINISTRATION 

10.  John  W.  Long  Hall  (1951)  -  College  administration  offices:  President,  College  Deans,  Treasurer, 
Registrar,  Admissions,  Alumni  Affairs,  Public  Relations,  Career  Development  Center,  Publications, 
Development,  and  Financial  Aid.  Reception  area,  central  communications,  duplicating  and  bulk 
mail  services,  Conner  Memorial  Chapel. 

RECREATION 

7.  Wertz  Student  Center  (1959)  -Dining  room,  Burchfield  Lounge,  recreation  area,  game  room,  music 
room,  book  store,  post  office,  and  student  organization  offices.  Honors  Bishop  D.  Frederick  Wertz, 
president  of  Lycoming  from  1955  until  1968. 

16.  Gymnasium  (1923)  -  Basketball  and  other  courts,  swimming  pool,  bowling  alleys,  physical 
education  office. 


^'N  ■ 


SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES 


The  changing  nature  of  American  education  finds  greater  emphasis  than  ever 
before  upon  the  development  of  significant  opportunities  for  self-fulfillment 
among  students.  Pertinent  educational  goals  demand  that  you  should  be 
accorded  an  opportunity  to  pursue  a  program  that  offers  you  the  best  chance 
to  realize  your  intellectual  potential.  It  is  for  this  reason,  that  Lycoming  has 
developed  a  curriculum  that  allows  a  maximum  flexibility  in  course  selection, 
especially  among  those  courses  that  support  the  major  as  well  as  tose  that 
effectively  meet  the  requirements  of  the  College's  objectives  in  liberal  educa- 
tion. But  wide  variety  in  course  selection  does  not  always  allow  as  completely 
individualistic  a  program  as  one  might  wish.  Therefore,  a  variety  of  special 
opportunities  is  provided. 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE  SCHOLAR  PROGRAM 

The  Lycoming  Scholar  Program  offers  highly  motivated  students  an  opportuni- 
ty to  develop  their  full  potential  through  a  flexible  and  demanding  academic 
program.  Persons  with  the  following  qualities  would  most  likely  benefit  from  this 
unique  program: 

Highly  intellectual  ability  initially  indicated  by  a  class  standing  normally  in  the 
upper  fifteen  percent  and  combined  SAT  scores  of  approximately  1150  or 
higher; 

Intellectual  curiosity,  motivation,  imagination,  creativity,  and  a  desire  for 
excellence; 

Sufficient  independence  of  mind  to  plan  and  execute  a  unique  personal 
academic  program  which  best  uses  the  resources  of  the  College; 

Commitment  to  the  value  of  intellectual  dialogue. 

SCHOLAR  OPPORTUNITIES 

The  following  opportunities  are  designed  to  be  helpful  to  Lycoming  Scholars  in 
achieving  the  stated  objective  of  the  program. 

The  Scholar  Council  will  relax  the  established  distribution  requirements  while 
maintaining  the  breadth  of  a  liberal  arts  education.  The  program  for  the 
individual  Scholar  is  to  be  tailored  by  the  Scholar  and  his  academic  consultant 
based  upon  an  assessment  of  the  student's  previous  attainments  and  his 
needs.  This  is  subject  to  approval  by  the  Lycoming  Scholar  Council. 

Scholars  may  take  a  fifth  course  in  any  semester,  and,  unlike  other  students, 
Scholars  may  take  an  unlimited  number  of  Studies  and  Honors  courses.  The 
present  fee  to  Scholars  for  the  fifth  course  is  $50.00. 

Lycoming  Scholars — either  singly  or  in  groups — are  encouraged  to  petition  the 
Council,  in  writing,  for  funds  to  undertake  special  educational  projects 
involving  extra  expenses,  such  as  taking  trips  or  bringing  in  special  speakers. 
Students  applying  for  such  funds  are  expected  to  make  the  results  of  their 
investigations  available  to  the  Scholar  community,  and,  if  possible  to  the 
college  at  large. 

38 


SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES  I  39 


Due  to  the  composition  of  the  Scholar  Council,  Scholars  have  a  greater  voice 
in  determining  the  nature  of  their  education  than  is  possible  in  the  college  as 
a  whole. 

Evidence  of  participation  in  the  Lycoming  Scholar  Program  will  be  noted  on  the 
Scholar's  transcript  and  diploma.  A  brief  description  of  the  program  will  be  a 
part  of  the  transcript. 

At  the  request  of  the  Scholar,  the  Coincil  will  endorse,  for  graduate  school  and 
other  post-baccalaureate  endeavors,  those  Scholars  who  have  met  the 
objective  of  the  Program. 

ADMISSION  TO  THE  PROGRAM 

Scholars  may  be  chosen  by  the  Council  while  in  their  last  year  of  secondary 
education,  before  actual  matriculation  at  Lycoming.  Their  potential  for  meeting 
the  objective  of  the  Program  will  be  measured  by  a  variety  of  means.  Among 
them  are  interviews  with  Scholars  and  faculty  members,  and  written  responses 
to  essay  questions. 

Scholars  also  may  be  chosen  from  the  current  Lycoming  student  body  after 
their  first  year  of  study.  Requirements  include:  (a)  a  letter  of  application,  (b) 
letters  of  recommendation  from  two  faculty  members  who  are  not  on  the 
Council,  plus  optional  letters  from  present  Scholars,  and  (c)  an  interview  with 
members  of  the  Council.  Important  factors  in  granting  membership  are  the 
student's  intellectual  motivation,  independence,  desire  to  participate,  and 
academic  progress  to  date  which  is  normally  indicated  by  an  average  of  3.25 
for  two  consecutive  semesters.  February  1st  is  designated  as  the  deadline  for 
application. 

SCHOLAR  RESPONSIBLILITES 

During  their  first  year  in  the  Program,  all  Scholars  are  on  a  probationary  status. 
They  are  required  to  participate  in  a  First-Year  Seminar.  Following  successful 
completion  of  their  probationary  period,  scholars  will  be  formally  admitted  to 
the  Program. 

Any  Scholar  may  be  asked  by  the  Council  to  leave  the  Program  if  he  or  she  is 
judged  not  to  be  making  satisfactory  progress  toward  meeting,  its  objective.  If 
the  academic  average  of  the  Scholar  drops  below  a  3.00,  the  Council  will  look 
into  the  matter,  but  lower  grades  in  themselves  need  not  result  in  dismissal 
from  the  Program;  of  far  more  interest  is  the  overall  quality  of  the  student's 
work. 

During  their  last  year  at  Lycoming,  Scholars  are  required  to  participate  in  a 
Senior  Seminar.  In  these  Seminars  each  student  will  report  on  a  Studies  or 
Honors  project  taken  during  the  Junior  or  Senior  year. 

All  Scholars  will  have  an  academic  consultant  from  the  faculty  to  assist  them 
in  utilizing  the  potentialities  of  the  Program.  Together  with  the  consultant,  the 
Scholar  must  submit  a  brief  plan  of  study  to  the  Council  at  each  registration 
period. 

Scholars  are  expected  to  create  academic  programs  which  emphasize  depth- 
of-study  in  a  major  area  combined  with  a  breadth  of  inquiry  into  other  areas. 
Scholars  also  are  expected  to  particpate  in  the  activities  of  the  Program. 
Achievement  of  the  Scholar  Program  objective  depends  upon  the  continual 
refinement  of  a  program  through  faculty-student  interaction  and  dialogue  on 
policies,  procedures,  and  activities.  To  this  end,  the  Scholar  Council,  which  is 


40 1  SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES 


charged  with  administering  the  program,  is  composed  of  four  students  elected 
by  their  peers,  four  faculty  members,  and  the  Dean  of  the  College,  all  with 
equal  vote. 

By  presenting  this  highly  flexible  curriculum,  Lycoming  College  opens  the  door 
to  students  who  are  motiviated  to  remain  intellectually  creative.  If  you  qualify 
for  this  special  program  and  wish  to  be  considered,  Lycoming  invites  your 
inquiry. 


PART-TIME  STUDENT  OPPORTUNITIES 


EXPERIMENTAL  AUDIT 

As  a  special  service  to  the  community  it  serves,  Lycoming  offers  any  person 
within  commuting  distance  of  the  College  an  opportunity  to  try  higher 
education  at  a  minimal  cost  through  its  Experimental  Audit  Program.  Anyone 
may  take  one  course  on  an  audit  basis  (no  credit) — free.  You  can  take 
advantage  of  this  opportunity,  once,  simply  by  paying  the  $15.00  Application 
Fee,  if  you  have  never  paid  it  before.  No  tuition  will  be  charged;  you  will  be 
responsible  for  any  special  charges  such  as  lab  fees,  material  costs,  transpor- 
tation, etc.  when  special  charges  are  normally  made  for  the  course. 

At  the  registration  for  any  session  you  may  enroll  in  a  particular  course  and  be 
accepted  for  that  course  at  the  end  of  the  registration  period  if  the  class  has 
not  been  filled. 

Currently  enrolled  students  may  also  take  advantage  of  the  Experimental  Audit 
Program,  once  without  charge.  The  course  will  not  be  counted  in  any  way 
toward  graduation  requirements,  affect  any  charges  due,  nor  have  any 
bearing  on  your  status  as  a  full  or  part-time  student. 

REGULAR  AUDIT 

Any  person  may  audit  a  course  at  Lycoming  at  one-half  the  tuition  for  one  part- 
time  course.  Any  lab  fees  and  other  extra  costs  must  be  paid.  Credit  may  not 
be  given  for  an  audited  course.  An  experimental  or  regular  audit  course  can. 
not  be  converted  to  a  credit  course  after  the  drop-add  period  for  the  semester 
the  course  is  taken.  No  exams  or  papers  are  required  of  students  auditing  a 
course,  but  individual  arrangements  may  be  made  to  participate  in  these 
activities  with  the  consent  of  the  instructor. 

SPECIAL  STUDENT  (Part-Time  for  Credit) 

Any  person  may  take  up  to  two  courses  during  any  semester  (one  only  in  May 
Term).  A  part-time  special  student  pays  the  $15.00  Application  Fee  only  the 
first  time  he  registers  and  pays  the  part-time  rate  in  effect  when  he  takes  the 
course.  Three  or  more  courses  a  semester  constitute  a  full-time  schedule  and 
the  student  must  first  be  accepted  by  the  Admissions  Office  as  a  regular 
student  subject  to  full-time  student  fees  and  procedures. 


^  ^"*w 


40B I  SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES 


SPECIALLY  DESIGNED  COURSES 


Lycoming  is  eager  to  serve  the  special  educational  needs  which  arise  in  the 
community.  Short  courses,  institutes,  workshops,  special  semesters,  and  long- 
term  training  programs  to  fill  the  specific  needs  of  any  interested  group  can  be 
designed  on  a  credit  or  non-credit  basis.  They  can  be  given  on  or  off  campus. 
For  more  information  contact  the  Dean  of  the  College. 


SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 


MAY  TERM 

Each  year  a  unique  May  Term  is  designed  to  offer  a  challenging  array  of 
special  courses.  Some  of  the  four-week  courses  offer  study  and  projects  on 
campus,  others  involve  nearby,  distant,  or  foreign  travel,  and  several  encom- 
pass interdisciplinary  credit.  Many  are  non-traditional  in  content. 

In  its  third  year  as  a  unique  opportunity  at  Lycoming,  May  Term  1974  again 
provided  students  with  a  challenging  array  of  fifty-five  specially  designed 
courses  for  the  four-week  term.  As  in  the  previous  very  successful  May  Terms, 
many  non-traditional  courses  had  been  designed  with  such  diverse  topics  as 
construction  of  Appalachian  folk  stringed  instruments,  black  music,  coaching 
of  athletics,  film,  folklore,  hypnosis,  jewelry,  Shamanism,  Sylvia  Plath,  and 
woodworking. 

Newly  designed  courses  had  such  titles  as  "Accounting  for  Non-profit 
Organizations",  "Food  Service",  "Physiological  and  Psychological  Aspects  of 
Color",  "Effective  Communication", "The  Russo-German  War,  1941-45"  and 
"Philosophical  Issues  in  Literature".  Other  new  offerings  included  "Electronics 
for  the  Amateur  Audiophiles",  "An  Introduction  to  Discrete  Probability", 
Christianity  and  African  Culture",  "Basic  Research  Methods  in  Psychology 
Research  Instrumentation",  and  "Holy  Sites  and  Religious  Topics". 

Back  by  popular  demand  for  the  third  May  Term  were  "Accounting  Opinions 
of  the  APB-FASB",  "Managing  the  Small  Business",  "Field  Ornithology", 
"Modern  Archeological  Research",  "History  of  Utopias  in  America", 
"Speleology",  and  "Urban  Confrontation". 

A  number  of  May  Term  courses  were  conducted  off -campus  both  in  the  United 
States  and  abroad.  "London  in  May"  explored  the  arts  again  with  attendance 
at  plays,  concerts,  operas,  and  ballets  plus  meetings  with  performers, 
conductors,  directors,  actors,  and  teachers  and  tours  of  galleries,  museums, 
and  other  points  of  interest.  The  third  "Cultural  Tour  of  the  U.S.S.R."  again 
enabled  students  to  experience  Russian  culture  in  visits  to  Moscow,  Lenin- 
grad, Novgorod,  Kiev,  Lvov,  and  Budapest,  as  well  as  Denmark,  Finland  and 
West  Germany.  Courses  also  were  conducted  in  Spain,  France,  Ireland,  and 
East  Germany.  The  "Introduction  to  Marine  Biology  and  Biological  Oceano- 
graphy" course  was  again  based  at  the  Bermuda  Biological  Station  for 
Research,  St.  Georges.  New  York,  Vermont,  Virginia,  and  West  Virginia  were 
some  of  the  states  students  studied  in  during  May  Term. 


SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES  1 41 


The  tri-cultural  community  of  North  Central  New  Mexico  was  home  again  for 
the  "Field  Experience  in  Sociology-Anthropology"  group  as  they  combined 
curtural  anthropological  and  sociological  field  methods  to  learn  how  to  analyze 
a  community  in  depth.  "The  Washington  Minimester:  A  Course  in  Practical 
Politics"  analyzed  the  workings  of  our  national  government  first-hand  by 
meeting  people  working  on  all  levels  within  and  tangential  to  the  government. 

Several  courses  of  particlar  interest  to  future  teachers  or  those  working  for 
certification  were  available  in  the  May  Term.  The  education  department  offered 
"The  Psychology  and  Teaching  of  Reading  in  the  Elementary  Schools", 
"Teaching  Reading  Skills  in  Secondary  Schools",  and  "Open  Classroom 
Education".  "Mathematics  for  the  Elementary  Teacher"  was  offered  by  the 
math  department,  while  the  psychology  department  had  "Social  Psychology" 
and  "Educational  Psychology". 

May  Term  classes,  which  started  on  May  6th  and  continued  daily  until  May 
31st,  met  at  9:00  a.m.  or  1:00  p.m.  unless  scheduled  to  meet  on  some 
"arranged"  basis.  Costs  were:  Tuition  for  one  (unit)  course  —  $150.00,  Room 
—  $50.00,  Board  —  $75.00. 

STUDENT  ENRICHMENT  SEMESTER 

To  expand  academic  and  life  opportunities  for  its  students  and  to  increase 
their  chances  to  participate  in  specialized  programs  and  courses  not  available 
at  the  home  institution,  Lycoming  will  be  a  part  of  the  Student  Enrichment 
Semester  (SES)  program  which  is  to  be  operational  by  September  1975. 
Expected  to  join  Lycoming  in  the  program  are  Bloomsburg,  Bucknell,  Mans- 
field, Susquehanna,  and  Williamsport  Area  Community  College. 


42 /SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES 


In  your  upperclass  years,  beyond  freshman,  you  will  be  able  to  enroll  for  credit 
as  a  full-time  student,  normally  for  one  term,  at  any  co-operating  institution. 
Each  SES  college  will  stipulate  which  of  its  courses  and  programs  will  be  open 
to  SES  students.  Lycoming  will  approve  the  courses,  programs,  and  credits 
according  to  its  own  policies  and  procedures. 

As  an  SES  student,  you  will  remain  fully  enrolled  in  your  degree  program  at 
Lycoming  and  will  simultaneously  enroll,  on  a  full-time  basis,  at  the  host 
institution  according  to  its  definition  of  full-time  enrollment.  You  will  be  subject 
to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  host  institution  while  there.  It  will  extend  all 
opportunities  and  benefits  to  you,  as  an  SES  student,  that  it  provides  for  its  own 
students,  such  as  library,  housing,  meals,  cultural  activities,  student  organiza- 
tions and  activities,  except  where  legal  constraints  provide  otherwise.  You  will 
not  be  eligible  for  financial  aid  from  any  host  institution. 

SES  students  will  pay  tuition  to  Lycoming  according  to  prevailing  policies, 
including  charges  and  deferred  payment  plans.  Applicable  non-tuition  fees, 
such  as  room  and  board  charges  and  student  activities  fees,  will  be  paid  to  the 
host  college. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

Each  department  granting  a  major  provides  opportunity  to  students  to  work 
independently.  Upon  consent  of  the  department  head  and  the  instructor,  you 
may  register  for  courses  in  Independent  Study.  Normally,  the  opportunity  for 
such  study  is  provided  for  the  better  qualified  major  student  who  has 
successfully  completed  the  courses  making  up  the  core  of  his  major  program. 
Except  under  unusual  circumstances,  registration  for  the  Studies  course  is 
limited  to  one  unit  course  during  each  semester.  If  you  wish  to  elect  more  than 
one  unit  during  a  semester  or  three  or  more  unit  courses  in  Studies  in  your  total 
college  program,  approval  of  the  Accademic  Standing  Committee  must  be 
secured.  If  you  are  privileged  to  do  Independent  Study  you  register  for  courses 
80-89,  Studies.  An  appropriate  title  is  entered  in  your  record. 

SEMINAR  STUDY 

Individual  departments  may  from  time  to  time  find  it  possible  to  organize  small 
classes  or  seminars  for  exceptional  students  interested  in  subjects  or  topics  not 
usually  a  part  of  departmental  course  offerings.  Establishment  of  the  seminar 
and  admission  of  students  depends  upon  the  approval  of  the  department 
involved.  Occasionally,  Visiting  Professors,  Lecturers,  or  Specialists  in  Resi- 
dence will  offer  such  seminar  studies.  Students  who  are  privileged  to  elect 
Seminar  Study  in  any  department  register  for  courses  numbered  70-79,  Studies, 
with  an  appropriate  title  to  be  entered  upon  the  student's  permanent  record. 
Enrollment  in  seminar  courses  is  normally  limited  to  ten  students. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 

If  you  desire  to  enter  an  Honors  program  and  secure  departmental  approval  to 
apply,  a  faculty  committee  shall  be  convened  whose  initial  responsibility  shall 
be  to  pass  upon  your  eligibility  to  enter  the  program.  The  committee  responsi- 
bility shall  also  include  the  direction  of  the  study,  and  final  evaluation  of  its  worth. 
Usually  the  Honors  program  involves  independent  study  in  two  consecutive  unit 
courses.  Students  who  are  privileged  to  elect  Honors  register  for  courses 
numbered  90-99. 


SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES  /  43 


Honors  study  is  expected  to  result  in  the  completion  of  a  thesis  to  be  defended 
in  a  final  oral  examination.  Acceptable  theses  shall  be  deposited  in  the  college 
library.  Successful  completion  of  the  Honors  program  will  cause  the  designation 
of  honors  in  the  department  to  be  placed  upon  the  permanent  record.  In  the 
event  that  the  study  is  not  completed  successfully,  the  student  shall  be  re- 
registered in  Independent  Studies  and  given  a  final  grade  for  the  course. 

WASHINGTON  NATIONAL  SEMESTER 

Upon  recommendation  of  the  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Political  Science,  you 
may  be  permitted  to  attend  the  American  University,  Washington,  D.C.,  for  a 
period  of  one  full  semester.  The  Washington  Semester  program  is  intended  to 
provide  a  first-hand  acquaintance  with  various  aspects  of  the  nation's  capital, 
as  well  as  an  academic  experience  equivalent  to  four  normal  unit  courses.  This 
program  is  open  to  selected  students  who  have  special  interests  in  political 
science,  law  and  American  Government.  Ordinarily,  only  junior  students  are 
eligible. 

INTERNSHIP  PROGRAM 

An  internship  program  provides  students  with  an  opportunity  to  enrich  their 
classroom  knowledge  through  professionally  related  practical  experience.  An 
internship  allows  the  student  to  test  his  concept  and  theories  in  real,  hopefully 
challenging,  situations.  Placed  toward  the  close  of  the  student's  academic 
career,  the  internship  experience  adds  a  valuable  dimension  to  his  formal 
education  while  meeting  the  demand  for  greater  relevancy  in  higher  education. 

Any  junior  or  senior  student  who  has  declared  a  major  is  able  to  petition  his  major 
department  for  approval  to  serve  as  an  intern  for  one  or  two  semesters.  A 
maximum  of  sixteen  credits  can  be  earned.  Guidelines  for  program  develop- 
ment, assignment  of  tasks,  and  academic  requirements  such  as  exams, 
papers,  reports,  grades,  etc.,  are  established  in  consultation  with  a  faculty 
director  at  Lycoming  and  an  agency  supervisor  at  the  place  of  internship. 

Students  with  diverse  majors  have  participated  in  a  wide  variety  of  internships 
including  the  County  Commissioners  Office,  Historical  Society,  Headstart, 
Northwestern  Mutual  Life  Insurance,  Community  Health  Center,  Dept.  of 
Environmental  Resources,  and  Celi  Race  Cars  to  name  a  few. 


44 1  SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES 


INTERNATIONAL  INTERCULTURAL  STUDIES 


WASHINGTON  INTERNATIONAL  SEMESTER 

Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  faculty  of  the  department  of  political  science, 
you  may  attend  The  American  University,  Washington,  D.C.  for  a  period  of  one 
full  semester.  The  Washington  International  Semester  is  intended  to  provide  a 
unique  academic  experience  in  international  affairs  within  the  milieu  of  a  major 
world  capital. 


UNITED  NATIONS  SEMESTER 

Upon  recommendation  of  the  faculty  of  the  departments  of  history  or  political 
science,  you  may  attend  Drew  University,  Madison,  New  Jersey,  for  a  period 
of  one  full  semester.  The  United  Nations  Semester  is  intended  to  provide  a  first- 
hand acquaintance  with  the  United  Nations,  New  York  City,  as  well  as  an 
academic  experience  equivalent  to  four  normal  unit  courses.  This  program  is 
open  to  selected  students  who  have  special  interests  in  world  history, 
international  relations,  law,  and  politics.  Ordinarily,  only  juniors  are  eligible. 


LONDON  SEMESTER 

Upon  recommendation  of  the  faculty  of  the  departments  of  history  or  political 
science,  you  may  attend  London  University  for  a  period  of  one  semester.  This 
program  is  operated  by  Drew  University  in  conjunction  with  many  other 
American  Colleges.  It  is  intended  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  character  of 
one  of  the  principal  sources  of  American  law  and  politics  as  well  as  to  provide 
an  academic  program  equivalent  to  four  normal  courses.  Ordinarily,  only  junior 
students  are  eligible. 


OVERSEAS  STUDIES  OPPORTUNITIES 

Under  auspices  of  approved  universities  or  agencies,  you  have  an  opportunity 
to  study  in  a  foreign  university.  While  overseas  study  is  particularly  attractive  to 
students  majoring  in  foreign  languages,  this  opportunity  is  open  to  all  students. 
Mastery  of  the  foreign  language  is  not  required  in  all  programs.  A  file  of 
opportunities  for  overseas  study  is  available  from  the  reference  librarian  or  the 
faculty  coordinator  of  overseas  study  programs. 


It  should  be  noted  that  Lycoming  College  cannot  assume  responsibility 
for  the  health,  safety,  or  welfare  of  any  student  while  he  or  she  is  engaged 
in  or  enroute  to  or  from  any  off -campus  studies  or  activities  which  are  not 
under  the  exclusive  jurisdiction  of  this  insitution. 


SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES  I  45 


CAREER  OPPORTUNITIES 

Students  who  attend  a  liberal  arts  institution  find  numerous  career  opportunities 
open  to  them  upon  graduation.  Although  students  can  seek  career  employment 
related  to  their  academic  major,  the  value  of  a  liberal  arts  education  is  that 
students  are  not  restricted  to  such  employment.  A  liberal  arts  background  gives 
you  the  flexibility  to  pursue  various  career  avenues,  as  illustrated  by  the  careers 
entered  by  a  few  of  our  typical  graduates  of  last  year.  An  English  major  secured 
employment  as  a  housing  counselor  for  the  government;  a  psychology  major, 
as  a  manager  in  a  retailing  business;  a  biology  major,  as  a  food  and  drug 
inspector;  an  accounting  major,  as  a  graduate  student  attending  law  school;  a 
history  major,  as  a  branch  manager  in  a  banking  firm;  a  political  science  major, 
as  a  county  law  enforcement  agent;  a  business  major,  as  a  technical  assistant 
in  a  television  station;  a  theatre  major,  as  a  counselor  for  underprivileged 
children.  In  general,  a  liberal  arts  education  provides  a  foundation  for  each 
student  to  pursue  the  type  of  career  which  focuses  upon  his  abilities,  interests, 
and  aspirations. 

Today's  employers  are  seeking  college  graduates  with  broad  academic 
backgrounds.  The  primary  characteristics  desired  by  employers  are  in- 
telligence, communication  skills,  leadership  ability,  community  involvement, 
and  career  identification.  Employers  believe  such  an  individual  will  be  better 
able  to  handle  the  various  problems  he  will  encounter  in  today's  complex  world. 

Lycoming  College  is  committed  to  assist  each  student  to  develop  a  realistic 
career  plan.  The  Career  Development  Center  is  the  primary  service  designed 
to  help  each  student,  beginning  in  his  freshman  year,  to  crystallize  his  future 
plans.  Through  career  counseling,  career  workships,  career  information,  and 
similar  vehicles,  the  Career  Development  Center  strives  to  help  each  student. 


46 /SPECIAL  OPPORTUNITIES 


CAREER  FIELDS  UNLIMITED 


Your  course  of  study  at  Lycoming  will  help  you  to  gain  greater  insight  into  many 
aspects  of  your  world  and  simultaneously  lay  a  strong  foundation  for  a  career. 
Innumerable  types  of  positions  are  open  to  liberal  arts  graduates.  At  Lycoming 
you  have  the  additional  opportunity  to  explore,  from  an  elementary  to  an 
advanced  level,  various  fields  that  may  lead  to  a  vocation  or  direct  you  toward 
professional  or  graduate  schools.  A  wide  variety  of  vocations  may  be  entered 
directly  upon  graduation.  These  include  positions  in  business,  industry, 
government,  and  the  professions,  including  teaching.  A  student  interested  in 
any  of  these  areas  is  referred  to  his  advisor,  to  the  appropriate  department,  or 
to  a  special  assigned  advisor. 


ACCOUNTING 

There  are  many  reasons  for  continued  rapid  growth  of  the  accounting 
profession  in  the  foreseeable  future.  Lycoming  offers  a  rigorous  comprehensive 
program  of  undergraduate  training  in  accounting  leading  to  the  bachelor  of  arts. 
The  most  inportant  aspect  of  an  accountant's  service  to  clients  and  to  the  public 
cannot  be  defined  as  knowledge,  nor  even  as  experience,  but  must  be 
described  by  more  elusive  terms:  wisdom,  perception,  imagination,  circum- 
spection, judgement,  integrity.  A  liberal  arts  education  followed  by  training  on- 
the-job  offers  you  the  best  background  for  a  successful  career  in  accountancy. 
The  academic  standards  are  such  as  to  require  you  to  be  proficient  in  math; 
have  an  above-average  ability  to  communicate  ideas  verbally  and  in  written 
form;  show  a  potential  ability  to  express  and  to  interpret  abstraction;  and 
demonstrate  a  personality  capable  of  developing  qualities  of  business  and 
community  leadership.  Interested?  Contact  the  Accounting  Department. 


BUSINESS 

Lycoming  offers  course  work  in  the  field  of  business  administration  particularly 
designed  for  training  prospective  business  leaders.  Business  is  a  highly 
diversified  occupation;  therefore  the  curriculum  is  not  designed  to  be  vocational 
or  narrowly  pre-professional.  The  purposes  of  the  business  administration 
curriculum  are  to  train  and  equip  your  mind  to  recognize  and  solve  complex 
problems  facing  business  executives,  to  develop  an  appreciation  for  rigorous 
analysis,  to  practice  the  arts  of  verbal  and  written  communication,  and  to  expose 
the  developing  mind  to  as  wide  as  possible  a  range  of  course  work  represented 
by  the  traditional  liberal  arts  curriculum,  to  the  end  that  you  become  truly  well 
educated.  Considerable  flexibility  is  permissible  within  the  curriculum,  and  you 
are  encouraged  to  pursue  course  work  most  rewarding  to  you. 


CAREER  OPPORTUNITIES  1 47 


TEACHER  EDUCATION 

Lycoming  prepares  teachers  for  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  The 
programs  are  approved  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  for  the 
certification  of  elementary  teachers  and  for  secondary  teachers  in  the  following 
areas:  biology,  chemistry,  communication,  English,  French,  general  science, 
German,  mathematics,  physics,  Russian,  social  science,  and  Spanish.  Pennsyl- 
vania certificates  are  recognized  in  many  other  states  either  through  reciprocal 
agreements  or  by  transcript  evaluation. 

The  excellent  facilities  of  the  public  schools  in  Williamsport  and  the  surrounding 
areas  are  used  by  education  students  for  observation,  participation  ex- 
periences, and  practice  teaching. 

Lycoming  feels  that  the  best  preparation  for  future  teachers  is  based  on  the 
liberal  arts.  Therefore,  all  education  students  complete  a  liberal  arts  major  in 
addition  to  the  education  requirements. 

Normally,  freshman  are  not  admitted  to  education  courses.  All  applicants  for 
admission  to  the  Teacher  Education  Program  must  register  with  the  Education 
Office  no  later  than  registration  for  the  first  semester  of  the  sophomore  year.  The 
Committee  on  Teacher  Education  evaluates  those  accepted,  at  various 
junctures  in  their  education  program,  using  such  guidelines  as  grade  point 
average,  potential,  course  requirements,  and  recommendations. 

Application  for  practice  teaching  must  be  made  before  October  1  st  of  the  junior 
year.  Admission  to  the  professional  semester  is  limited  and  selective.  Final 
approval  for  student  participation  in  the  professional  semester  is  granted  by  the 
Teacher  Education  Committee. 

MILITARY  SCIENCE 

Through  a  cross-enrollment  agreement  with  Bucknell  University,  all  qualified 
students  can  enroll  in  a  non-credit  elective  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps 
(ROTC)  program.  Students  who  enroll  in  the  basic  course  (freshman  and 
sophomore  years)  can  compete  for  scholarships. 

Junior  and  senior  year  enrollment  in  the  advanced  course  qualifies  you  for  a 
$100.00  monthly  subsistence  allowance  ten  months  per  year  plus  summer 
camp  pay  and  allowances.  Successful  completion  of  the  advanced  course 
gives  you  a  U.  S.  Army  2nd.  Lieutenant  commission. 

Employment  as  a  United  States  Army  officer  can  be  a  challenging  and 
rewarding  career  option  or  can  be  used  as  a  period  of  personal  development 
and  leadership  training  which  can  better  equip  the  college  graduate  with  job 
experience  to  more  successfully  pursue  a  civilian  career. 

RELIGIOUS  EDUCATION 

If  you  desire  extensive  study  in  biblical  history  and  literature,  the  historical 
development  of  Christianity,  and  Christian  Doctrine,  you  may  major  in  religion. 
If  you  plan  to  enter  the  vocation  of  religious  education,  you  should,  besides 
majoring  in  religion,  elect  five  or  six  unit  courses  in  psychology,  education,  and 
sociology.  This  program  of  study,  completely  within  the  liberal  arts  curriculum, 
will  qualify  you  for  work  as  an  Educational  Assistant,  or  after  graduate  study  in 


48 /CAREER  OPPORTUNITIES 


a  theological  seminary,  as  a  Director  of  Religious  Education.  You  are  invited  to 
contact  the  Religion  Department  Chairman  for  further  information  on  the 
opportunities,  responsibilities,  and  requirements  of  these  and  other  church 
vocations. 


MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

The  Medical  Technology  curriculum  is  organized  around  an  academic  back- 
ground of  basic  science  courses  in  addition  to  those  liberal  arts  courses  listed 
as  requirements  for  the  bachelor  of  arts  degree.  Preparation  at  Lycoming  for 
a  career  in  medical  technology  may  be  made  in  either  of  two  ways:  the 
attainment  of  the  B.A.  followed  by  a  clinical  internship  at  any  accredited 
hospital,  or  by  completion  of  the  Lycoming  Cooperative  Program. 

If  you  elect  to  follow  the  Cooperative  Program  in  Medical  Technology,  you  will 
normally  spend  three  years  at  Lycoming.  During  this  time  you  must  satisfy  the 
general  college  distribution  and  major  requirements,  and  must  successfully 
complete  twenty-four  unit  courses,  including  four  in  chemistry,  six  in  biology, 
and  two  in  mathematics.  Three-year  students  usually  major  in  biology,  where 
they  are  eligible  to  follow  a  modified  major  of  six  unit  courses  which  exempts 
them  from  two  biology  core  courses,  Ecology  (Biology  24)  and  either,  but  not 
both,  Animal  Physiology  (Biology  23)  or  Cell  Physiology  (Biology  20).  Also 
required  as  part  of  the  Cooperative  Program  is  the  successful  completion  of  a 
one-year  internship  at  one  of  Lycoming's  affiliated  hospitals,  currently  Williams- 
port  Hospital,  Divine  Providence  Hospital,  Robert  Packer  Hospital,  Lancaster 
General  Hospital,  and  Abington  Hospital.  Three-year  students  will  be  given 
Lycoming  credit  for  each  of  eight  unit  courses  in  biology  and  chemistry  taken 
during  the  clinical  internship  and  will  graduate  from  Lycoming  at  the  first 
commencement  following  successful  completion  of  the  internship.  Lycoming 
does  not  consider  the  Registry  examination  a  requirement  for  graduation. 

If  you  decide  to  graduate  from  Lycoming  before  entering  a  hospital  program, 
you  may  major  in  any  department  of  your  choice,  and  at  the  same  time  satisfy 
ASCP  and  hospital  admission  requirements.  Once  graduated  from  Lycoming, 
you  may  apply  for  admission  to  a  clinical  program  at  any  hospital  of  your  choice. 

If  you  are  interested  in  a  medical  technology  career,  you  should  contact 
members  of  the  Medical  Technology  Coordinating  Committee  or  chairman  of 
the  biology  department  before  finalizing  course  decisions. 


CAREER  OPPORTUNITIES  /  49 


COOPERATIVE  PROGRAM  IN  ENGINEERING 

Consistent  with  increased  attention  being  given  nationally  to  engineering 
education,  Lycoming  offers  a  cooperative  curriculum  combining  the  manifold 
advantages  of  a  small  liberal  arts  college  with  the  training  to  be  secured  at  an 
engineering  school.  By  arrangement  with  Bucknell  University  and  The  Pennsyl- 
vania State  University,  the  colleges  offer  a  five-year  program  in  which  the  first 
three  years  are  spent  at  Lycoming  and  the  final  two  at  the  engineering  school. 
Upon  completion  of  the  first  year  at  the  engineering  school,  your  record  will  be 
sent  to  Lycoming.  If  the  work  is  satisfactory,  Lycoming  will  award  the  bachelor 
of  arts  degree.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  five-year  program  of  studies,  a 
bachelor  of  science  in  engineering  is  awarded  by  the  engineering  school. 
Combined  programs  offer  an  opportunity  for  completion  of  studies  in  the 
following  areas:  Bucknell  University:  chemical,  civil,  electrical,  or  mechanical 
engineering;  The  Pennsylvania  State  University:  aeronautical,  civil,  electrical, 
industrial,  mechanical,  or  sanitary  engineering. 

Prescribed  work  at  Lycoming  includes,  in  addition  to  degree  requirements 
outlined  above,  courses  in  chemistry,  mathematics,  and  physics.  Because  the 
demands  of  the  engineering  curricula  may  differ  somewhat,  a  program  of 
studies  at  Lycoming  will  be  designed  for  you  when  your  plans  as  to  type  of 
engineering  program  preferred  have  been  finally  fixed.  The  chairman  of  the 
physics  department  will  aid  you  in  planning  your  program. 

COOPERATIVE  PROGRAM  IN  DRAMA 

The  American  Academy  of  Dramatic  Arts  and  Lycoming  each  recognize 
appropriate  courses  given  by  the  other  institution.  Normally,  in  the  case  of  the 
transfer  student  who  is  a  graduate  of  the  American  Academy  of  Dramatic  Arts 
and  recommended  by  them  and  who  has  completed  two  years  successful  study 
at  an  accredited  college  or  university,  the  residency  requirement  is  two 
summers  with  The  Arena  Theatre  and  two  consecutive  semesters  in  an 
academic  year.  Summer  session  course  work  may  be  required.  Each  case  is 
subject  to  review.  The  affiliation  with  the  Academy  permits  a  graduating 
Lycoming  senior  to  be  eligible  for  advanced  standing  at  the  Academy  upon 
recommendation  of  the  Lycoming  College  theatre  department  chairman  and 
acceptance  by  the  Academy.  For  information  contact  the  theatre  department 
chairman. 


50 1  CAREER  OPPORTUNITIES 


COOPERATIVE  PROGRAM  IN  FORESTRY 

Professional  and  scientific  programs  of  study  in  forestry  for  men  and  women  are 
offered  in  cooperation  with  the  School  of  Forestry,  Duke  University.  You  will 
spend  three  years  in  residence  at  Lycoming  and  an  additional  five  semesters 
at  Duke.  Upon  satisfactory  completion  of  two  semesters  at  Duke  you  will  have 
earned  the  A.B.  degree  from  Lycoming,  and  upon  completing  the  remainder  of 
the  program  will  be  awarded  either  the  M.F.  or  M.S.  degree  from  Duke, 
depending  upon  the  nature  of  the  program. 

You  should  indicate  to  the  Admissions  Office  that  you  wish  to  enroll  in  the 
Forestry  program.  At  the  end  of  the  first  term  of  the  third  year,  Lycoming 
recommends  qualified  students  for  admission  to  the  Duke  School  of  Forestry. 
No  application  need  be  made  to  the  School  of  Forestry  before  then. 

Major  fields  ot  forestry  at  Duke  are: 

FOREST  RESOURCE  ADMINISTRATION         FOREST  SCIENCE 
Forest  Resource  Management  Forest  Ecology 

Forestry  Business  Management  Forest  Entomology 

Forest  Protection  Forest  Pathology 

Forest  Resource  Economics  and  Policy  Tree  Physiology 

Biometry  &  Statistics  Tree  Biochemistry 

Systems  Analysis  Dendrology  &  Wood  Anatomy 

Forest  Hydrology 
Forest  Meterology 
Forest  Soils 

If  you  are  interested  in  Forest  Resource  Administration  you  are  advised  to  elect 
a  concentration  in  biology,  business  management,  mathematics,  economics, 
computer  science,  statistics,  or  sociology.  If  you  plan  a  career  in  Forest  Science, 
you  should  strengthen  your  backgrounds  in  biology,  chemistry,  mathematics, 
and  physics.  Typical  programs  in  fields  offered  at  Duke  are  available  upon 
request  from  the  Dean  of  the  School  of  Forestry,  Duke  University,  Durham,  North 
Carolina  27706.  More  information  is  available  from  the  chairman  of  the  biology 
department. 


PREPARATION  FOR  GRADUATE  STUDY 

Many  careers  today  require  advanced  study  beyond  the  bachelor  of  arts 
degree.  In  general,  preparation  for  graduate  work  in  one  of  the  academic 
disciplines  should  include  a  broad  base  of  liberal  studies,  a  strong  under- 
graduate major,  and  adequate  supporting  work  in  closely  related  fields.  You  can 
design  an  individual  major  to  meet  the  needs  of  some  of  the  newer  graduate 
level  interdisciplinary  programs.  Often  graduate  departments  ask  that  a 
prospective  student's  competence  be  measured  by  the  national  Graduate 
Record  Examinations.  They  usually  require  a  reading  knowledge  of  one  or  two 
foreign  languages.  You  should  consult  departmental  advisors  early  in  your 
college  years  with  respect  to  planning  for  entrance  to  graduate  school. 


CAREER  OPPORTUNITIES  I  51 


PREPARATION  FOR  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS 

The  curriculum  for  the  pre-Health  Professions  (allopathic  medicine,  dental 
medicine,  optometric  medicine,  osteopathic  medicine,  podiatric  medicine,  and 
veterinary  medicine)  are  all  organized  around  a  solid  foundation  in  biology, 
chemistry,  English,  mathematics,  and  physics.  A  wide  range  of  subject  matter 
from  the  humanities,  social  sciences,  and  fine  arts  should  be  included  in  the 
program.  At  least  three  years  of  undergraduate  study  is  recommended  before 
entry  into  the  professional  school;  the  normal  procedure  is  to  complete  the 
bachelor  of  arts  degree. 

You  should  indicate  to  the  Admissions  Office,  when  completing  the  application 
to  Lycoming  College,  that  you  wish  to  enroll  in  the  pre-Health  Professions 
(various  fields  of  medicine)  program.  The  Health  Professions  Advisory  Commit- 
tee will  advise  you  concerning  preparation  for  and  application  to  a  health 
professional  school. 


PREPARATION  FOR  THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARY 

If  you  are  a  young  man  or  woman  interested  in  the  Christian  ministry  or  related 
vocations,  you  can  find  the  pre-ministerial  curriculum  at  Lycoming  an  exciting 
and  challenging  opportunity.  Basic  courses  specified  by  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Theological  Schools  are  virtually  identical  with  the  program  of  courses 
required  for  a  bachelor  of  arts  degree.  Such  courses  offer  a  wide  range  of 
subject  matter  presenting  many  opportunities  for  you  as  a  pre-ministerial 
student  to  acquaint  yourself  with  the  broad  scope  of  human  experience. 
Preparation  for  seminary  includes  earning  a  bachelor  of  arts  degree  with  a  major 
in  one  of  a  variety  of  fields  such  as  religion,  English,  history,  and  philosophy. 
So  that  you  may  have  a  curriculum  designed  to  fit  your  individual  needs,  the 
offerings  in  the  junior  and  senior  year  are  largely  elective.  The  choice  of  electives 
will  depend  upon  the  requirements  of  the  theological  school  which  you  expect 
to  attend.  If  you  are  interested,  contact  the  Director  of  Religious  Activities. 


PREPARATION  FOR  LAW  SCHOOL 

Students  interested  in  law  as  a  profession  can  receive  the  necessary  pre- 
professional  preparation  at  Lycoming.  Admission  to  law  school  is  not  predi- 
cated upon  any  particular  major  or  area  of  study;  however,  the  Legal 
Professions  Advisory  Committee  does  recommend  the  development  of  basic 
skills:  clear  writing,  logical  thinking,  and  language  comprehension. 

Students  interested  in  law  as  a  career  should  register  with  the  Legal  Professions 
Advisory  Committee  and  join  in  the  Pre  -Law  Club  activities. 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Lycoming  College  is  a  liberal  arts  institution  granting  the  bachelor  of  arts 
degree.  A  degree  candidate  must  fulfill  certain  minimal  course  requirements  in 
breadth  of  learning — the  distribution  requirements — and  in  depth  of  learning  in 
a  chosen  subject  matter  field — the  major. 

GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS 

Every  degree  candidate  must  complete  the  following  degree  requirements: 

1.  Pass  a  minimum  of  thirty-two  unit  courses  (128  hours)  with  an  average  of  2.0 
or  better  within  the  limit  of  thirty-eight  unit  courses  (1 52  hours)  taken.  In  case 
of  withdrawals,  the  attempted  course  will  be  considered  one  of  the  total 
number  of  courses  permitted,  except  in  the  case  of  withdrawals  for  medical 
or  psychological  reasons. 

2.  Complete  a  major  consisting  of  a  least  eight  (8)  unit  courses. 

3.  Achieve  an  average  of  2.0  or  better  for  all  courses  counted  in  the  major. 

4.  Complete  the  Distribution  Requirements. 

5.  Complete  the  final  eight  courses  offered  for  the  degree  at  Lycoming. 

6.  Earn  one  year  of  credit  in  Physical  Education.* 

7.  Satisfy  all  financial  obligations  incurred  at  the  College. 

8.  Complete  the  above  seven  requirements  within  seven  years  of  continuous 
enrollment  following  the  date  of  matriculation.  All  exemptions  or  waivers  of 
specific  requirements  are  reviewed  by  the  Committee  on  Academic 
Standing. 

'Exemption,  for  medical  reasons,  from  participation  in  physical  activity  associated  with  physical 
education  may  be  granted  only  by  the  College  Physician  who  considers  your  medical  history,  your 
physician's  report,  and  his  own  physical  examination  of  you. 

COURSE  WORK 

Instruction  at  Lycoming  College  is  organized,  with  few  exceptions,  on  a 
departmental  basis.  Nearly  all  courses  are  unit  courses,  meaning  that  each 
course  taken  by  you  is  considered  to  carry  the  same  academic  value  as  any 
other  course.  For  transfer  purpose  each  course  is  considered  to  be  equivalent 
to  four  semester  hours  of  academic  work.  This  does  not  mean  that  all  courses 
will  meet  for  four  one-hour  lectures  each  week,  although  many  will  do  so.  Rather, 
each  course  meets  on  a  schedule  set  by  the  department  and  the  instructor 
involved.  Such  meetings  may  be  on  a  lecture,  discussion,  laboratory,  or  tutorial 
basis.  Varying  amounts  of  additional  study,  reading,  writing,  and  research  will 
be  required  for  each  course.  Most  students  elect  four  unit  courses  each 
semester.  Students  may  elect  to  enroll  in  five  (5)  courses  during  any  semester 
provided  they  were  admitted  to  the  Dean's  List  during  the  preceding  semester 
while  carrying  at  least  four  unit  courses.  Exceptions  may  be  made  by  the 
Committee  on  Academic  Standing.  You  can  accelerate  by  taking  courses  in  the 
May  Term  and  summer  sessions. 

53 


54  I  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS 


MAJORS 


Your  are  required  to  complete  a  series  of  courses  in  a  field  of  concentration. 
This  is  accomplished  by  completing  one  of  the  following  type  of  majors: 

Departmental  Major,  Established  Interdisciplinary  Major,  or 
Individual  Interdisciplinary  Major. 

DEPARTMENTAL  MAJORS 

Departmental  majors,  as  described  beginning  on  page  67,  are  available  in: 


Accounting 

History 

Art 

Mathematics 

Biology 

Music 

Business  Administration 

Philosophy 

Chemistry 

Physics 

Economics 

Political  Science 

English 

Psychology 

Foreign  Languages 

Religion 

French 

Russian 

Sociology  and  Anthropology 

German 

Spanish 

Theatre 

You  may  complete  two  majors;  each  will  be  recorded  on  your  record. 

ESTABLISHED  INTERDISCIPLINARY  MAJOR  (EIM) 

An  Established  Interdisciplinary  Major  (EIM)  can  be  elected  instead  of  a 
departmental  major.  Two  or  more  departments  work  together  to  establish  an 
EIM  which  must  be  approved  by  the  Committee  on  Special  Studies.  The 
following  ElM's,  as  described  beginning  on  page  63,  are  available: 

Accounting-Mathematics 

American  Studies  Soviet  Area  Studies 

Near  East  Culture  and  Archeology  Literature 

INDIVIDUAL  INTERDISCIPLINARY  MAJOR  (MM) 

You  may  take  the  initiative  and  design  a  unique  Individual  Interdisciplinary  Major 
(MM)  in  consultation  with  your  faculty  advisor.  You  may  apply  for  approval  of  an 
MM  to  the  Committee  on  Special  Studies  via  the  Registrar,  who  will  provide  a 
copy  of  the  Guidelines  For  Interdisciplinary  Majors  and  other  necessary  forms. 

Individual  Interdisciplinary  Majors  usually  involve  two  or  more  departments 
which  each  already  offer  a  major.  An  MM  is  normally  comprised  of  a  minimum 
of  ten  courses  beyond  those  satisfying  distribution  requirements.  If  the  MM 
involves  departments  not  included  in  meeting  the  distribution  requirements, 
then  the  ten  courses  may  include  elementary  courses  usually  used  to  satisfy 
distribution  requirements.  However,  you  are  expected  to  take  at  least  six 
courses  at  the  advanced  (junior  or  senior)  level  as  determined  in  consultation 
with  your  advisors.  Changes  in  this  set  of  courses  comprising  the  major,  which 
may  be  desired  or  needed  as  you  progress,  must  be  authorized  by  the 
Committee  on  Special  Studies. 

As  an  MM  student,  you  are  advised  by  a  committee  composed  of  one  professor 
from  each  department  involved.  You  choose  the  chairman  who  functions  as  the 


56 1  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS 


advisor  of  record,  maintains  your  records,  etc.  The  Committee  on  Special 
Studies  must  certify  the  successful  completion  of  the  IIM  for  graduation. 

Your  transcript  will  show: 

Interdisciplinary  Major  in  (Departments),  for  example: 

Interdisciplinary  Major  in  Urban  Studies  (History,  Psychology,  Sociology). 

POLICY  ON  ADMISSION  TO  MAJOR 

If  you  desire  an  established  interdisciplinary  major  (EIM)  or  departmental  major 
(DM),  you  must  declare  your  elected  major,  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar,  no  later 
than  the  beginning  of  your  junior  year. 

If  you  desire  an  individual  interdisciplinary  major  (MM),  you  must  apply  to  and 
secure  the  approval  of  the  Committee  on  Special  Studies  in  conformity  with 
established  policy. 

If  the  Committee  on  Special  Studies,  the  Coordinating  Committee  for  an  EIM, 
or  a  department  feels  that  legitimate  reasons  exist  which  may  warrant  removal 
from  major  status,  that  committee  or  department  must  submit  these  reasons,  in 
writing,  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  who,  after  consultation  with  you,  will  decide 
whether  or  not  you  are  to  be  removed  from  major  status.  The  Committee  on 
Special  Studies,  the  Coordinating  Committee  for  an  EIM,  the  department,  or  you 
may  appeal  the  decision  of  the  Dean  of  the  College  to  the  Committee  on 
Academic  Standing  which  will  either  sustain  or  modify  the  decision  of  the  Dean 
of  the  College.  As  in  all  cases  of  student  appeals,  the  final  appeal  is  to  the 
College  president. 

If  you  have  not  declared  a  major  by  the  beginning  of  your  junior  year,  you  are 
subject  to  dismissal  from  the  College. 

ACADEMIC  ADVISEMENT 

An  advantage  of  a  small  college  is  the  rich  experience  gained  by  the  close 
association  of  students  and  faculty.  The  counseling  program  at  Lycoming 
enables  you  to  discuss  various  academic  problems  with  your  instructors,  and 
the  staffs  of  the  Dean  of  the  College  and  the  Dean  of  Student  Services. 

As  an  entering  Freshman,  you  are  assigned  to  a  faculty  adviser  who  meets  with 
you  as  needed  during  the  year.  You  will  find  your  adviser  willing  to  guide  and 
assist  in  the  many  problems  that  confront  a  new  college  student.  If,  as  an 
upperclass  student,  you  do  not  feel  the  need  for  a  formally  assigned  adviser, 
you  may  assume  the  responsibility  for  meeting  your  degree  requirements. 

THE  DISTRIBUTION  REQUIREMENTS 

One  of  the  reasons  a  student  chooses  to  come  to  Lycoming  is  a  desire  to  obtain 
a  breadth  of  knowledge  in  many  areas,  a  liberal  arts  education.  A  student  who 
deliberately  elects  to  attend  a  liberal  arts  college  is  interested  in  more  than 
training  in  a  narrow  major;  he  wants  knowledge  in  an  area  of  special  interest, 
his  major,  amplified  by  exploration  into  kindred  and  "unrelated"  fields. 

Lycoming  College,  being  a  liberal  arts  institution,  insists  that  a  major  program 
of  study  be  supported  and  challenged  by  the  influences  of  a  diversity  of 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  I  57 


subjects.  The  major  must  not  become  narrow  in  its  vision  and  sterile  in  its  ability 
to  help  you  function  effectively  in  a  world  where  nothing  is  neatly  isolated  and 
compartmentalized.  The  College  believes  that  the  essence  of  liberal  education 
is  its  potential  for  exposing  you  to  the  multitude  of  historical,  traditional,  and 
contemporary  avenues  of  thought  and  action  which  are  brought  to  light  in 
different  ways  through  the  study  of  various  disciplines. 

By  taking  different  kinds  of  subjects,  you  can  discover  numerous  ways  of  seeing 
things.  You  can  gain  the  advantage  of  learning  to  view  events  and  approach 
problems  and  questions  from  various  points  of  view.  You  can  discover  that  the 
interpretation  of  events  and  the  relevance  of  solutions  and  answers  will  vary 
greatly  for  different  individuals  and  groups. 

To  have  you  achieve  at  least  a  minimal  insight  into  this  multiplicity  of 
perspective,  thought,  and  reaction,  Lycoming  requires  that  you  select  some  of 
your  courses  from  six  groups  of  courses  as  outlined  below.  The  aim  is  not  the 
garnering  of  specific,  prescribed  information,  but  rather,  the  development  of  a 
broadly  based  perspective  of  all  aspects  of  life. 

The  distribution  requirements  in  English,  Mathematics,  Fine  Arts,  Natural 
Science,  and  History  and  Social  Science  may  be  met  by  superior  performance 
on  the  General  Examinations  of  the  College  Level  Examination  Program.  Further 
information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

ENGLISH 

You  are  required  to  pass  English  I  and  one  other  English  course.  English  I  must 
be  taken  during  the  Freshman  year. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  OR  MATHEMATICS 

You  are  required  to  meet  a  minimum  basic  requirement  in  either  a  foreign 
language  or  mathematics. 

Mathematics.  If  you  elect  mathematics,  you  must  complete  four  courses  in 
mathematics.  By  passing  a  proficiency  examination  you  may  reduce  this 
requirement  to  two  courses  other  than  Math  I.  These  exams  are  offered  during 
the  Freshman  Orientation. 

Foreign  Language.  If  you  elect  to  take  a  foreign  language,  you  may  choose  from 
among  French,  German,  Greek,  Hebrew,  Russian,  or  Spanish.  You  are  required 
to  pass  two  courses  on  the  intermediate  or  a  higher  course  level.  Placement  at 
the  appropriate  course  level  will  be  determined  by  the  faculty  of  the  department 
of  foreign  languages.  No  student  who  has  had  two  or  more  years  of  a  given 
language  in  high  school  shall  be  admitted  to  the  elementary  course  in  the  same 
foreign  language  for  credit,  except  by  written  permission  from  the  chairman  of 
the  department.  French  28  will  meet  part  of  this  requirement  only  upon  consent 
of  the  department. 

RELIGION  OR  PHILOSOPHY 

You  are  required  to  pass  one  year  (two  courses  in  the  same  subject  in  either 
philosophy  or  religion. 

Philosophy.  You  may  take  any  two  philosophy  courses. 
Religion.  You  may  take  any  two  religion  courses. 


58 1  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS 

FINE  ARTS 

You  are  required  to  pass  one  year  (two  courses)  in  one  of  the  following: 

Art.  You  may  take  any  two  art  courses. 

Literature.  You  may  take  any  two  literature  courses  selected  from  the  offerings 
of  the  departments  of  English  and  Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures. 

Music.  Any  combination  of  music  courses  totaling  the  equivalent  of  two  full-unit 
courses  (academic  full-unit  courses — Music  1  through  46  and  Music  70's;  or 
applied  fractional  unit  courses — Music  60  through  69)  will  satisfy  this  require- 
ment. You  can  earn  the  equivalent  of  two  full  units  in  Music  in  one  of  the  following 
ways: 

1 .  Take  two  full-unit  academic  courses  from  those  numbered  Music  1  through 

59  and  Music  70's, 

2.  Take  a  total  of  two  full  units  of  applied  music,  from  courses  numbered  Music 

60  through  69,  which  are  earned  fractionally  as  follows: 

A.  !/8  unit  per  semester  for  one  half-hour  of  instruction  per  week  in  courses 
numbered  60  through  66. 

B.  1/4  unit  per  semester  for  one  hour  of  instruction  per  week  in  courses 
numbered  60  through  66. 

C.  1A  unit  per  semester  for  music  67,  68,  or  69. 

3.  Take  one  full-unit  academic  course  (Music  1  through  59  and  Music  70's)  plus 

the  equivalent  of  one  full-unit  course  earned  fractionally  in  applied  music 
courses  60  through  69  as  explained  in  "2"  above. 

Theatre.  Any  two  theatre  courses  10  and  above  will  satisfy  this  requirement. 

NATURAL  SCIENCE 

You  are  required  to  pass  one  year  (any  two  courses)  in  one  of  the  following: 
biology,  chemistry,  or  physics. 

HISTORY  AND  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

You  are  required  to  pass  one  year  (two  courses)  in  one  of  the  following: 

Economics.  You  may  take  any  two  courses. 

History.  You  may  take  any  two  courses. 

Political  Science.  You  may  take  any  two  courses. 

Psychology.  You  may  take  Psychology  10  plus  one  course  usually  chosen  from 
among  Psychology  15,  16,  30,  31,  32,  or  38. 

Sociology  and  Anthropology.  You  may  take  Sociology  10  plus  another  course. 

NOTE:  A  course  can  be  used  to  satisfy  only  one  distribution  requirement. 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  I  59 


GRADING  SYSTEM 

The  College  uses  the  traditional  letter  system  of  grading:  A  B  C  D  F  or 
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory.  Any  student  enrolled  full-time  at  Lycoming  College 
may  elect  to  take  up  to  a  maxumum  of  four  courses  on  a  Satisfactory/ 
Unsatisfactory  basis.  Only  one  course  may  be  taken  on  this  basis  during  any 
semester.  No  course  taken  by  a  student  on  a  S/U  basis  after  the  declaration 
of  his  major  and  approval  by  the  department  involved  may  be  used  to  satsify 
a  requirement  of  that  major,  including  courses  required  by  the  major  department 
which  are  offered  by  other  departments.  Instructor-designated  S/U  courses  are 
excepted  from  this  limitation. 

During  the  May  Term,  instructors,  with  the  approval  of  the  Dean  of  the  College 
and  the  Director  of  Special  Sessions,  may  designate  courses  to  be  taken  on  an 
S/U  basis  only.  These  courses  will  not  count  toward  the  four-course  limit.  A 
course  elected  on  an  S/U  basis  which  is  subsequently  withdrawn  will  not  count 
toward  the  four-course  limit. 

Any  student  electing  a  course  on  an  S/U  basis  may  designate  a  minimum 
acceptable  letter  grade  of  'A',  'B',  or  'C\  If  the  letter  grade  actually  earned  by 
the  student  equals  or  exceeds  the  minimum  acceptable  letter  designated  by 
the  student,  then  the  letter  grade  actually  earned  in  the  course  will  be  entered 
on  the  student's  permanent  record  and  will  be  used  in  computing  the  student's 
GPA.  In  this  case  the  course  will  not  count  toward  the  four-course  limit  since 
itwas  not  completed  on  anS/U  basis.  Ifthestudentfailstodesignateaminimum 
acceptable  letter  grade  or  if  the  letter  grade  actually  earned  is  lower  than  the 
minimum  acceptable  letter  grade  designated  by  the  student,  then  the  Registrar 
will  substitute  an  'S'  for  any  passing  grade  ('A',  'B','C  or  'D')  and  a  'U'  for  an  'F' 
grade. 

The  student  shall  declare  by  the  end  of  the  period  during  which  courses  may 
be  added  an  intention  to  be  graded  on  an  S/U  basis.  At  the  same  time,  and 
except  for  instructordesignated  S/U  courses,  the  student  will  indicate  a 
minimum  acceptable  letter  grade,  if  he  or  she  so  chooses.  The  instructor  will 
not  be  notified  of  these  decisions,  unless  the  student  chooses  to  do  so.  A 
student  electing  the  S/U  option  shall  be  expected  to  perform  the  same  work  in 
the  course  as  those  being  graded  on  the  regular  basis. 

You  will  receive  full  credit  for  a  course  passed  with  a  Satisfactory  grade.  Neither 
the  "S"  nor  the  "U"  count  in  computing  the  grade  point  average. 


60 1  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS 


Incomplete  grades  may  be  given  if  you,  for  absolutely  unavoidable  reasons, 
have  not  been  able  to  complete  the  work  requisite  to  the  course.  Such 
circumstances  usually  stem  from  medical  sources.  An  incomplete  grade  must 
be  removed  within  six  (6)  weeks  of  the  next  regular  semester. 

MID-SEMESTER  EVALUATIONS  FOR  FRESHMAN 

Mid-Semester  evaluations  are  reported  for  freshman  students  whose  work  is 
unsatisfactory.  These  reports  are  filed  with  the  Registrar  who  then  reports  them 
to  the  students  concerned  and  their  faculty  advisors.  The  evaluation  report  from 
the  instructor  may  be  one  of  two  types:  (a)  submission  of  letter  grade  of  "D"  or 
"F"  (b)submission  of  a  written  evaluation  for  thosefreshman  who  are  performing 
below  the  satisfactory  level. 

ACADEMIC  STANDING 

All  students  must  complete  a  minimum  of  sixteen  (16)  unit  courses  with  an 
average  of  "C"  or  better  to  be  advanced  to  the  junior  year.  A  student  whose 
cummulative  or  semester  average  falls  below  "C"  is  considered  to  be  in 
academic  difficulty  and  his  academic  record  will  be  reviewed  by  the  Committee 
on  Academic  Standing.  Such  students  may  be  placed  on  academic  probation, 
suspended,  or  dismissed  by  the  Committee  on  Academic  Standing  according 
to  regulations  established  by  the  Faculty. 

ACADEMIC  HONORS 

The  Dean's  List  is  issued  at  the  close  of  each  semester  in  recognition  of  superior 
scholarship.  Students  are  admitted  to  the  Dean's  List  when  they  have 
completed  at  least  three  courses  with  other  than  S  /U  and  have  a  minimum  grade 
point  average  of  3.50  for  the  semester. 

You  may  be  awarded  the  bachelor  of  arts  degree  with  honors  when  you  have 
earned  the  following  grades: 

Bachelor  of  Arts,  summa  cum  laude — a  3.90  grade  point  average. 
Bachelor  of  Arts,  magna  cum  laude — a  3.50  grade  point  average. 
Bachelor  of  Arts,  cum  laude — a  3.25  grade  point  average. 

High  quality  scholarship  is  also  recognized  by  completion  of  a  departmental 
honors  program  and  by  election  of  students  to  membership  in  Honor  Societies. 

WITHDRAWING  FROM  COURSES 

You  may  drop  any  course  during  the  first  two  weeks  of  classes  and  no  record 
of  such  enrollment  shall  be  made  on  your  permanent  record  card.  You  may  also 
add  any  course  during  the  first  two  weeks  of  classes,  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  instructor.  If  you  wish  to  drop  a  course  after  the  second  week  of  classes 
you  must  secure  a  withdrawal  card  from  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  You  must 
present  this  card  to  the  instructor  of  the  course  in  question  who  will  then  assign 
one  of  the  following  grades: 

W — Progress  at  the  time  of  withdrawal  cannot  be  determined. 
WP — Progress  at  the  time  of  withdrawal  is  satisfactory. 
WF — Progress  at  the  time  of  withdrawal  is  unsatisfactory. 


ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS  I  61 


This  grade  is  then  entered  on  your  permanent  record  card.  No  withdrawal  grade 
is  counted  in  the  computation  of  the  grade  point  average,  but  the  course  from 
which  you  withdraw  is  counted  as  one  of  the  thirty-eight  (38)  unit  courses  to 
which  you  are  limited  in  completing  your  degree  requirements  at  Lycoming. 

CLASS  ATTENDANCE 

The  academic  program  at  Lycoming  is  based  upon  the  assumption  that  there 
is  value  in  class  attendance  for  all  students.  Individual  instructors  have  the 
prerogative  of  establishing  reasonable  absence  regulations  in  any  course.  You 
are  responsible  for  learning  and  observing  these  regulations. 

ACADEMIC  HONESTY 

The  integrity  of  the  academic  process  of  the  College  requires  honesty  in  all 
phases  of  the  instructional  program.  The  College  assumes  that  students  are 
committed  to  the  principle  of  academic  honesty.  Students  who  fail  to  honor  this 
commitment  are  subject  to  desmissal  from  Lycoming.  Procedural  guidelines 
and  rules  for  the  adjudication  of  cases  of  academic  dishonesty  are  printed  in 
the  Faculty  Handbook  available  to  students  in  the  library. 


INTERDISCIPLINARY  MAJORS 

ESTABLISHED  INTERDISCIPLINARY  MAJORS  (EIM) 

ACCOUNTING— MATHEMATICS 

Co-ordinator — Assistant  Professor  Feldmann 

The  Accounting-Mathematics  Interdisciplinary  Major  is  designed  to  offer,  within 
a  liberal  arts  framework,  courses  which  will  aid  you  in  constructing  mathematical 
models  for  accounting  decision  making.  You  will  obtain  a  substanital  back- 
ground in  mathematics  and  a  working  knowledge  in  accounting. 

Majors  will  be  only  four  courses  short  of  a  math  major  and  three  courses  short 
of  an  accounting  major.  Required  accounting  courses  are:  Elementary, 
Intermediate,  Cost  and  Budgetary  Accounting  Theory.  In  Mathematics  they  are: 
Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  I,  II,  and  III;  and  Linear  Algebra;  plus  two 
courses  from  Differential  Equations,  Introduction  to  Numerical  Analysis,  and 
Mathematic  Statistics  I  and  II.  Business  courses  required  are  Legal  Principles 
I  and  II.  Recommended  courses  include  :  Computer  Science,  Introduction  to 
Statistics,  Financial  Management,  Statistics  Applied  to  Business,  Insurance, 
Principles  of  Economics,  Industrial  Psychology,  Social  Psychology,  and  In- 
troduction to  Sociology. 

AMERICAN  STUDIES 

Co-ordinator — Associate  Professor  Piper 

The  American  Studies  major  offers  a  comprehensive  program  in  American 
civilization  which  introduces  you  to  the  complexities  underlying  the  develop- 
ment of  America  and  its  contemporary  life.  The  thirteen  major  courses  you  will 
complete  include: 

FOUR  CORE  COURSES  —  The  primary  integrating  units  of  the  major,  these 
team-taught  courses  will  teach  you  how  to  think  of  ideas  from  different  points 
of  view  and  how  to  correlate  information  and  methods  from  various  disciplines: 

America  As  a  Civilization  (First  semester  of  major  study) 
American  Studies  —  Research  and  Methodology  (Second  semester) 
American  Tradition  in  the  Arts  and  Literature  (Third  semester) 
Internship  or  Independent  Study  (Junior  and/or  senior  year) 

CONCENTRATION  AREAS  —  Six  courses  in  one  option  and  three  in  the  other 
are  needed.  Your  six  primary  Concentration  Option  courses  in  American  Arts 
or  American  Society  build  around  the  insights  you  gain  in  the  Core  Courses. 
They  focus  particular  attention  on  areas  most  germane  to  your  academic  and 
vocational  interests.  The  three  additional  courses  from  the  other  option  give 
further  breadth  to  your  understanding  of  America.  You  also  will  be  encouraged 
to  take  elective  courses  relating  to  other  cultures. 

American  Arts  Concentration  Option 

American  Art  —  Art  24 

American  Art  of  the  20th  Century  —  Art  32 

Pre-Civil  War  American  Literature  —  English  26 

Post-Civil  War  American  Literature  —  English  28 

American  Music  —  Music  51 

American  Theatre  —  Theatre  51 

62 


INTERDISCIPLINARY  MAJORS  1 63 


American  Society  Concentration  Option 

U.  S.  Social  and  Intellectual  History  to  1865  —  History  42 

U.  S.  Social  and  Intellectual  History  from  1865  —  History  43 

The  American  Constitutional  System  —  Political  Science  30 

The  American  Political  Tradition  —  Political  Science  47 

American  Economic  Development  —  Economics  51 

Racial  and  Cultural  Minorities  —  Sociology  34 

You  should  design  your  American  Studies  major  in  consultation  with  the 
program  co-ordinator  or  a  member  of  the  American  Studies  committee. 

LITERATURE 

Co-ordinator — Associate  Professor  Maples 

This  major  recognizes  literature  as  a  distinct  discipline  beyond  national 
boundaries  and  combines  the  study  of  any  two  literatures  in  the  areas  of  English, 
French,  German,  Russian,  and  Spanish.  You  can  thus  explore  two  literatures 
widely  and  intensively  at  the  upper  levels  of  course  offerings  within  each  of  the 
respective  departments  while  developing  and  applying  skills  in  foreign  lan- 
guages. The  major  prepares  you  for  graduate  study  in  either  of  the  two 
literatures  studied  or  in  Comparative  Literature. 

The  major  requires  at  least  six  literature  courses,  equally  divided  between  the 
two  literatures  concerned.  The  six  must  be  at  the  advanced  level  as  determined 
in  consultation  with  advisors  (normally  courses  numbered  20  and  above  in 
English  and  40  and  above  in  Foreign  Languages).  In  general,  two  of  the 
advanced  courses  in  each  literature  should  be  period  courses.  The  third  course, 
taken  either  as  a  regular  course  or  as  independent  study,  may  have  as  its 
subject  another  period,  a  particular  author,  genre,  or  literary  theme,  or  some 
other  unifying  approach  or  idea.  Beyond  these  six,  the  major  must  include  at 
least  two  additional  courses  from  among  those  counting  toward  a  major  in  the 
departments  involved.  Any  prerequisitecourses  in  the  respective  departments 
(for  example,  French  23,  German  33, 34,  Russian  33, 34)should  be  taken  during 
the  Freshman  and  Sophomore  years.  You  should  design  you  program  in 
consultation  with  a  faculty  member  from  each  of  the  literatures  concerned. 
Programs  for  the  major  must  be  approved  by  the  departments  involved. 

NEAR  EAST  CULTURE  AND  ARCHEOLOGY 

Co-ordinator — Professor  Guerra 

The  Near  Eastern  Culture  and  Archeology  interdisciplinary  major  is  designed 
to  acquaint  you  with  the  "cradle  of  Western  civilization",  both  in  its  ancient  and 
modern  aspects.  Majors  will  complete  a  minimum  of  eight  to  ten  unit  courses 
related  to  the  Near  East. 

Required  courses  are  described  in  their  departmental  sections  and  include: 

1.  Four  courses  (semesters)  in  language  and  culture  from: 

A.  History  and  Culture  of  the  Ancient  Near  East  (Religion  28) 

B.  History  of  Art  (Art  22) 

C.  Ancient  Greece  (History  20) 

D.  The  Roman  Republic  and  Empire  (History  21) 


64 1  INTERDISCIPLINARY  MAJORS 


E.  Old  Testament  Faith  and  History  (Religion  13) 

F.  Religions  of  the  World — Islam  and  Judaism  (Religion  24) 

G.  Two  semesters  of  foreign  language  (Hebrew  1,  2;  or  Greek  1,  2) 

2.  Two  courses  (semesters)  in  archeology  from: 

A.  Palestinian  Archeology  (Religion  46) 

B.  Special  Archeology  courses,  such  as  "studies"  or  in  May  Term  or  summer 
sessions  in  the  Near  East. 

3.  Two  courses  (semesters)  in  the  cooperating  departments  (Art,  History, 
Political  Science,  Religion,  and  Sociology  and  Anthropology)  or  other  related 
departments.  These  two  courses,  usually  taken  in  the  junior  or  senior  years, 
can  be  independent  study.  Topics  should  be  related  either  to  the  ancient  or 
the  modern  Near  East  and  must  be  approved  in  advance  by  the  committee 
supervising  the  interdisciplinary  program.  The  study  of  modern  Arabic  or 
Hebrew  is  encouraged. 

Other  courses  may  be  suggested  by  the  supervisory  committee  but  not  beyond 
requiring  ten  courses  in  the  major.  The  number  of  courses  taken  within  this 
program  applicable  toward  fulfilling  the  College  distribution  requirements  will 
vary  according  to  the  selection  of  courses  you  make. 

SOVIET  AREA  STUDIES 

Co-ordinator — Assistant  Professor  Winston 

The  Soviet  Area  Studies  major  is  an  interdisciplinary  major  designed  to  offer, 
within  the  framework  of  a  liberal  arts  education,  intensified  study  of  the  Soviet 
Union,  communism,  and  related  matters.  The  program  enables  you  to  acquire 
a  broader  perspective  of  the  USSR  than  can  generally  be  obtained  within  one 
discipline.  A  Cultural  Tour  of  the  USSR  is  normally  available  in  the  May  Term 
and  can  be  used  to  satisfy  one  of  the  courses  needed  for  4  below. 

Required  courses  are  described  in  their  departmental  sections  and  include: 

1 .  Six  semesters  of  Russian  language  and/or  literature  beyond  the  elemen- 
tary level. 

2.  Topics  in  Russian  and  Soviet  History  (History  46  and  47) 

3.  Two  courses  (semesters)  of  Senior  Seminar  on  the  USSR. 

4.  Four  courses  (semesters)  from: 
Comparative  Economic  Systems  (Economics  23) 
The  Soviet  Political  System  (Political  Science  36) 
Communist  Strategies  and  Tactics  (Political  Science  37) 
Social  and  Political  Philosophy  (Philosophy  22) 

Under  this  program,  up  to  nine  courses  required  to  satisfy  the  college 
distribution  requirements  can  be  completed  from  the  above  courses. 


INTERDISCIPLINARY  MAJORS  I  65 


INDIVIDUAL  INTERDISCIPLINARY  MAJORS  (MM) 

Registrar — Mr.  Glunk 

Individual  Interdisciplinary  Majors  (II M)  usually  involve  two  or  more  departments 
which  each  already  offer  a  major.  An  II M  is  normally  comprised  of  a  minimum 
of  ten  courses  beyond  those  satisfying  the  distribution  requirements.  If  the  II M 
involves  departments  not  included  in  meeting  the  distribution  requirements, 
then  the  ten  courses  may  include  elementary  courses  usually  used  to  satisfy 
distribution  requirements.  However,  you  are  expected  to  take  at  least  six 
courses  at  the  advanced  (junior  or  senior)  level  as  determined  in  consultation 
with  your  advisors.  Any  change  in  courses  comprising  the  major,  which  may  be 
desired  or  needed  as  you  progress,  must  be  authorized  by  the  Committee  on 
Special  Studies. 

An  IIM  student  is  advised  by  a  committee  composed  of  one  professor  from  each 
department  involved.  You  choose  the  chairman  who  functions  as  your  advisor 
of  record,  maintains  your  records,  etc.  The  Committee  on  Special  Studies  must 
certify  the  successful  completion  of  the  IIM  for  graduation. 

Your  transcript  will  show: 

Interdisciplinary  major  in  (Departments),  for  example: 

Interdisciplinary  major  in  Urban  Studies  (History,  Psychology,  Sociology). 


COURSES 

Numbers  1-9  Elementary  courses  in  departments  where  such 
courses  are  not  counted  as  part  of  the  student's  major. 

Numbers  10-19  Freshman  level 

Numbers  20-29  Sophomore  level 

Numbers  30-39  Junior  level 

Numbers  40-49  Senior  level 

Numbers  50-59  Special  Advanced  Courses 

Numbers  60-69  Special  Sessions  Courses 

Numbers  70-79  Seminar  Study 

Numbers  80-89  Independent  Study 

Numbers  90-99  Independent  Study  for  Departmental  Honors 

Courses  in  the  50-59,  70-79,  80-89,  90-99  number  series  are  not  listed  under 
each  department,  but  are  in  effect  for  each  department  and  represent  the 
particular  studies  listed  opposite  the  numbers  above  (that  is,  seminar  study  for 
all  departments  fall  in  the  70-79  series,  etc.). 

Courses  not  in  sequence  are  listed  separately,  as: 

Introduction  to  Art  Art  10 

Drawing  I  Art  1 1 

Courses  which  imply  a  sequence  are  indicated  with  a  dash  between,  meaning 
that  the  first  semester  must  be  taken  prior  to  the  second,  as: 

Intermediate  French  French  10-11 


ACCOUNTING 

Associate  Professor:  Richmond  (Chairman) 
Assistant  Professor:  Mahon 

The  purpose  of  the  major  is  to  give  students  a  thorough  foundation  in  accounting 
theory,  enabling  them  to  enter  the  profession  through  public,  private,  or 
governmental  employment.  To  achieve  this,  Accounting  10,  20-21,  30-31,  40, 
41,  and  43  are  required.  All  majors  are  advised  to  enroll  in  four  courses  in 
Economics,  including  10/11;  Business  23,  35,  36,  and  38-39;  Mathematics  13 
and  15.  Business  10  may  be  substituted  for  Accounting  10  if  a  student  changes 
his  major. 

10     ELEMENTARY  ACCOUNTING  THEORY 

An  introductory  course  in  recording,  classifying,  summarizing,  and  interpreting  the  basic 
business  transaction.  Problems  of  classification  and  interpretation  of  accounts  and  preparation 
of  financial  statements  are  studied.  An  IBM  computer  is  used  to  solve  some  of  these  problems. 


66 


20-21     INTERMEDIATE  ACCOUNTING  THEORY 

An  intensive  study  of  accounting  statements  and  analytical  procedures  with  emphasis  upon 
corporate  accounts.  Price  level  adjustments,  partnerships,  joint  ventures,  installments  and 
consignment  sales,  branch  and  home  office  accounting,  and  the  statement  of  affairs  are  among 
topics  studied.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  10 

30-31     COST  AND  BUDGETARY  ACCOUNTING  THEORY 

Methods  of  accounting  for  material,  labor,  and  factory  overhead  expenses  consumed  in 
manufacturing  using  job  order,  process  and  standard  costing.  Application  of  cost  accounting 
and  budgeting  theory  to  decision  making  in  the  areas  of  make  or  buy,  expansion  of  production 
and  sales,  and  accounting  for  control  are  dealt  with.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  21  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

40  AUDITING  THEORY  AND  PRACTICE 

The  science  of  verifying,  analyzing,  and  interpreting  accounts  and  reports.  An  audit  project  is 
presented,  solved  and  the  auditor's  report  is  written.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  21. 

41  FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX  ACCOUNTING  AND  PLANNING 

Analysis  of  the  provisions  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  relating  to  income,  deductions, 
inventories,  and  accounting  methods.  Practical  problems  involving  determination  of  income  and 
deductions,  capital  gains  and  losses,  computation  and  payment  of  taxes  through  withholding 
at  the  the  source  and  through  declaration  are  considered.  Planning  transactions  so  that  a 
minimum  amount  of  tax  will  result  is  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  10  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

42  FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX  ADMINISTRATION  AND  PLANNING 

An  analysis  of  the  provisions  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  relating  to  partnerships,  estates, 
trusts,  and  corporations.  An  extensive  series  of  problems  is  considered  and  effective  tax 
planning  is  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  41. 

43  CONTEMPORARY  ACCOUNTING  PROBLEMS 

Certain  areas  of  advanced  accounting  theory,  including  fund  accounting,  are  covered,  and 
problems  are  taken  from  past  C.P.A.  examinations  which  require  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the 
core  courses  in  their  solution.  The  course  is  intended  to  meet  the  needs  of  those  interested  in 
public  accounting  and  preparation  for  the  Certified  Public  Accountants  Examination.  Prere- 
quisite: Accounting  31  or  consent  of  instructor. 


AMERICAN  STUDIES 

(Interdisciplinary) 

10  AMERICA  AS  A  CIVILIZATION 

An  analysis  of  the  historical,  socio-cultural,  economic,  and  political  perspectives  on  American 
civilization  with  special  attention  to  the  interrelationships  between  these  various  orientations. 

1 1  AMERICAN  STUDIES  —  RESEARCH  AND  METHODOLOGY 

The  study  and  application  of  various  research  methods,  including  new  trends  in  historical  study, 
quantitative  analysis,  cross-cultural  studies,  and  on-site  inspection. 

12  AMERICAN  TRADITION  IN  THE  ARTS  AND  LITERATURE 

The  relationships  of  the  arts  and  literature  to  the  various  historical  periods  of  American  life. 

13  INTERNSHIP  OR  INDEPENDENT  STUDY 

An  opportunity  to  relate  the  learning  in  the  Core  Courses  and  the  Concentration  Areas  to  an  actual 
supervised  off-campus  learning  situation  or  independent  study  project. 


67 


ART 


Assistant  Professor:  Shipley  (Chairman),  Hughes 

Instructor:  Ameigh 

Part-Time  Instructor:  Fetter,  Wild,  Putterman 

A  major  consists  of  a  balanced  program  of  history  of  art  and  studio  courses. 
In  addition  to  the  core  courses  of  the  major  program  (Art  1 1 ,  1 5,  or  1 6,  20,  21 , 
22,  23,  30,  and  46),  the  student  will  elect  two  advanced  courses  in  art  history. 
Art  25  and  35,  or  Art  28  and  38  may  be  substituted  for  Art  20  and  30.  Majors 
will  be  required  to  present  their  better  work  in  a  one-man  show  during  their 
senior  year. 

10  INTRODUCTION  TO  ART 

Presents  historical  and  contemporary  styles  of  architecture,  sculpture,  painting,  and  the  minor 
arts;  considers  the  roles  of  the  elements  of  design  and  of  materials  and  techniques  in  the  creation 
and  appreciation  of  works  of  art. 

11  DRAWING  I 

Study  of  the  human  figure  with  gesture  and  proportion  stressed.  Student  is  made  familiar  with 
different  drawing  techniques  and  media.  Some  drawing  from  nature.  Offered  in  alternate 
semesters  with  Drawing  II  and  III. 

14  DESIGN  FOR  ELEMENTARY  TEACHERS 

A  course  designed  to  give  each  student  the  opportunity  to  explore,  in  his  own  creative  style,  ideas, 
techniques  and  methods  for  involving  children  in  expressive  activities  through  the  use  of  a  wide 
range  of  media  in  the  making  of  prints,  puppets,  pictorial  and  design  projects,  simple  modeling, 
mosaics,  plaster  casting,  weaving  and  stitchery  projects,  simple  jewelry  and  gift  crafts,  lettering 
projects,  mobiles,  stabiles,  and  other  three-dimensional  designs  created  from  scrap  materials. 

15  TWO-DIMENSIONAL  DESIGN 

The  basic  fundamentals  found  in  the  two-dimensional  arts;  line,  shape,  form,  space,  color,  and 
composition  are  taught  in  relationship  to  the  other  two-dimensional  arts.  Preceptual  theories  and 
their  relationships  to  what  and  why  we  see  what  we  see  in  art  is  discussed  with  each  problem. 

16  THREE-DIMENSIONAL  DESIGN 

An  introduction  to  the  uses  of  form  and  materials.  Objects  will  be  designed  whose  form  follows 
function,  such  as  kites;  whose  form  follows  expressive  intent,  such  as  plaster  constructions  or 
movie  films. 

20  PAINTING  I 

An  introduction  of  painting  techniques  and  materials  Coordination  of  color,  value,  and  design 
within  the  painting  is  taught.  Some  painting  from  the  figure.  No  limitations  as  to  painting  media, 
subject  matter  or  style.  Prerequisite:  Art  75 

21  DRAWING  II 

Continued  study  of  the  human  figure.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  realism  and  figure  coordination  with 
the  use  of  value  and  design.  Prerequisite:  Art  11. 

22  HISTORY  OF  ART 

The  development  of  the  visual  arts  from  prehistoric  days  to  the  Italian  Renaissance. 

23  HISTORY  OF  ART 

The  development  of  visual  arts  from  the  Italian  Renaissance  to  Contemporary  Art. 

24  AMERICAN  ART 

Painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  and  the  decorative  arts  in  the  United  States  between  1630  and 
the  present.  Alternate  years. 

25  SCULPTURE  I 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques,  materials,  and  ideas  of  sculpture.  Clay,  plaster,  wax,  wood,  and 
other  materials  will  be  used.  The  course  will  be  concerned  with  ideas  about  sculpture  as 
expression,  and  with  giving  material  form  to  ideas. 


68 


ART  169 


26  CRAFTS  I 

An  introduction  to  the  various  craft  materials,  processes,  design  problems,  and  techniques 
involved  in  work  in  such  crafts  as  clay,  wood,  fiber,  metal,  and  plastics. 

27  INTRODUCTION  TO  PHOTOGRAPHY 

Objectives  of  the  course  are  to  develop  technical  skills  in  the  use  of  photographic  equipment 
(cameras,  films,  darkroom,  print  maker)  and  to  develop  sensitivity  in  the  areas  of  composition, 
form,  light,  picture  quality,  etc.  Each  student  must  own  or  have  access  to  a  35mm  roll  film  camera 

28  PRINTMAKING  I 

Practice  of  the  techniques  of  silk-screen,  wood-block,  and  linoleum-block  printing.  Prerequisite: 
Art  11  and  15. 

30  PAINTING  II 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  individual  style  and  technique.  Artists  and  movements  in  art  are  studied. 
No  limitations  as  to  painting  media,  subject  matter,  or  style.  Prerequisite:  Art  20. 

31  MODERN  ART 

The  chief  works  and  movements  of  European  painting  and  sculpture  between  1880  and  the 
present. 

32  AMERICAN  ART  OF  THE  20TH  CENTURY 

Painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  in  the  United  States  with  emphasis  on  developments  after 
1945. 

33  19th  CENTURY  ART 

Painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  in  Europe  between  1760  and  1900. 

34  ASPECTS  OF  THE  RENAISSANCE 

Painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  of  the  Rennaissance  — 15th  and  16th  century. 

35  SCULPTURE  II 

A  continuation  of  Art  25  or  Art  16,  with  emphasis  on  independent  projects  and  more  complex 
technique.  Casting  of  bronze  and  aluminum  sculpture  will  be  done  in  the  school  foundry. 
Prerequisite:  Art  16  or  25. 

36  CRAFTS  II 

More  advanced  experimentation  with  crafts  materials,  with  emphasis  upon  good  craftsmanship 
and  aesthetic  quality.  Prerequisite:  Art  26. 

37  PHOTOGRAPHY  II 

To  extend  the  skills  developed  in  Photography  I  by  continued  growth  in  technical  expertise, 
presentation,  conceptual  ability,  and  aesthetic  sensibility.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  term  essay 
in  area  of  student's  interest  and  presented  in  booklet  format.  Prerequisite:  Art  27. 

38  PRINTMAKING  II 

Further  exploration  of  silk-screen  printing  techniques,  practice  of  the  techniques  of  engraving, 
drypomt,  etching,  and  aquatint. 

40  PRINTING  III 

Professional  quality  is  stressed.  There  is  some  experimentation  with  new  painting  techniques  and 
styles 

41  DRAWING  III 

Continued  study  of  the  human  figure.  Individual  style  and  professional  control  of  drawing 
techniques  and  media  are  now  emphasized. 

46     STUDIO  RESEARCH 

Independent  research  in  an  elective  studio  area,  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the 
appropriate  faculty  member,  includes  creation  of  works  which  may  be  incorporated  in  one-man 
senior  exhibition  Student  works  in  private  studio  assigned  by  the  department. 


BIOLOGY 

Associate  Professor:  Kelley 

Assistant  Professor:  Angstadt  (Chairman),  Diehl,  Green, 
Mayers,  Sherbine,  Zaccaria 

A  major  consists  of  eight  Biology  courses  including  10-11,  20,  21 ,  22,  23, 
and  24.  In  addition,  one  year  of  chemistry  and  mathematics  is  required.  Certain 
specific  exceptions  to  the  core  program  will  be  made  for  three-year  students 
enrolled  in  cooperative  programs.  Such  exceptions  are  noted  under  the 
particular  cooperative  program  heading  in  the  Career  Opportunities  section  of 
the  catalog  and  students  interested  in  these  programs  should  contact  the 
Program  Director  before  finalizing  their  individual  program.  Credit  may  not  be 
earned  for  both  Biology  1  and  10  or  for  both  Biology  2  and  11.  Consent  of 
instructor  may  replace  Biology  10-1 1  as  a  prerequisite  for  all  Biology  courses. 

1-2  PRINCIPLES  OF  BIOLOGY 

An  investigation  of  biological  principles,  including  ecological  systems,  form  and  function  in 
selected  representative  organisms  (especially  man),  cell  theory,  molecular  biology,  reproduction, 
inheritance,  adaptation,  and  evolution.  The  course  is  designed  primarily  for  students  not  planning 
to  major  in  the  biological  sciences. 

3     FIELD  BIOLOGY  FOR  TEACHERS 

A  methods  course  for  students  preparing  to  teach  biology.  Sources  and  methods  of  collecting 
and  preserving  various  plant  and  animal  materials.  Offered  summer  only. 

1)5-6     BASIC  HUMAN  BIOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  physics  and  chemistry  relative  to  biological  systems.  Human  anatomy, 
physiology,  and  developmental  biology  will  be  surveyed.  An  introduction  to  microbiology  with 
emphasis  on  host-pathogen  relationships  and  the  immune  response. 

10-11     INTRODUCTION  TO  BIOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  biology  designed  for  students  planning  to  major  in  the  biological 
sciences.  Major  topics  considered  include  the  origin  of  life,  cellular  respiration  and  photosyn- 
thesis, genetics,  development,  anatomy  and  physiology,  ecology,  behavior  and  evolution. 

20  CELLULAR  PHYSIOLOGY 

Physico-chemical  background  of  cellular  function;  functions  of  membrane  systems  and  or- 
ganelles; metabolic  pathways;  biochemical  and  cellular  bases  of  growth;  development  and 
responses  of  organisms.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11,  and  a  year  of  Chemistry. 

21  MICROBIOLOGY 

A  study  of  micro-organisms:  bacteria,  viruses,  protozoa,  and  fungi.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the 
identification  and  physiology  of  micro-organisms  as  well  as  to  their  role  in  disease,  their  economic 
importance  and  industrial  applications.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11. 

22  GENETICS 

A  general  consideration  of  the  principles  governing  inheritance  including  treatments  of  classical, 
molecular,  cytological,  physiological,  microbial,  human  and  population  genetics.  Prerequisite: 
Biology  10-11. 

23  ANIMAL  PHYSIOLOGY 

The  mechanisms  and  functions  of  animal  systems  including  the  autonomic,  endocrine,  digestive, 
cardio-vascular,  respiratory,  renal,  nervous,  and  reproductive  systems.  Mammalian  physiology 
is  stressed.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11. 

24  ECOLOGY 

The  study  of  the  principles  of  ecology  with  emphasis  on  the  role  of  chemical,  physical,  and 
biological  factors  affecting  the  distribution  and  succession  of  plant  and  animal  populations  and 
communities.  Included  will  be  field  studies  of  local  habitats  as  well  as  laboratory  experimentation. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11. 

70 


BIOLOGY  I  71 


30  COMPARATIVE  ANATOMY  OF  VERTEBRATES 

Detailed  examination  of  the  origins,  structure,  and  functions  of  the  principal  organs  of  vertebrates. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  the  progressive  modification  of  organs  from  lower  to  higher 
vertebrates.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  Years. 

31  HISTOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  basic  body  tissues  and  the  microscopic  anatomy  of  the  organs  and  structures  of 
the  body  which  are  formed  from  them.  Focus  is  on  normal  human  histology.  Prerequisite:  Biology 
10-11.  Alternate  years. 

32  MICROTECHNIQUES 

A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  principles  and  techniques  of  preparing 
biological  materials  for  microscopic  study.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 

33  ECONOMIC  AND  SYSTEMATIC  BOTANY 

Structure  and  classification  of  plants,  with  emphasis  on  those  species,  particularly  food  and  drug 
plants,  having  significance  for  human  affairs.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 

34  INVERTEBRATE  ZOOLOGY 

Comparative  study  of  the  invertebrate  phyla  with  emphasis  on  phylogeny,  physiology,  and 
morphology.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 

40     PARASITOLOGY 

The  biology  of  parasites  and  parasitism.  Studies  on  the  major  groups  of  animal  parasites,  their 
taxonomy  and  life  cycles,  with  an  emphasis  on  those  of  medical  and  veterinary  importance. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 

42  ANIMAL  BEHAVIOR 

A  study  of  the  causation,  function,  evolution,  and  biological  significance  of  animal  behaviors  in 
their  normal  environmental  and  social  contexts.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 

43  ICHTHYOLOGY 

The  course  will  encompass  the  anatomy,  taxonomy,  and  life  histories  of  both  freshwater  and 
marine  fish.  Species  of  major  economic  and  sport  interest  will  be  featured,  while  the  areas  of  fish 
management,  aquiculture,  and  fish  harvesting  will  be  considered.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11. 
Alternate  years. 

44  BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis  is  given  to  the  metabolism  of  carbohydrates,  lipids,  amino  acids,  proteins,  and  nucleic 
acids;  integration  of  metabolism;  and  biochemical  control  mechanisms  including  allosteric 
control,  induction,  repression,  as  well  as  the  various  types  of  inhibitive  control  mechanisms. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  20-21  or  Chemistry  5,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

45  EVOLUTION 

A  history  of  evolutionary  thought,  including  the  genetic,  systematic,  ecological,  and  zoo- 
geographical  concepts  which  are  related  to  the  process  of  evolution.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10- 
11 .  Alternate  years. 

46  PLANT  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY 

A  study  of  plant  physiology  as  a  function  of  plant  anatomy.  Metabolic  relationships  and 
environmental  factors  will  be  examined  from  a  background  of  the  structure  and  development  of 
cells,  tissues,  organs,  and  whole  plants.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 

47  IMMUNOLOGY 

The  course  introduces  concepts  concerning  how  pathogens  cause  disease  and  host  defense 
mechanisms  against  infectious  diseases.  Characterization  of  and  relationships  between 
antigens,  haptens,  and  antibodies  are  presented.  Serological  assays  will  include:  agglutination 
precipitations,  immunofluorescence,  immunoelectrophoresis,  and  complement  fixation.  Other 
topics  are:  immediate  and  delayed  hypersensitivities  (i.e.  allergies  such  as  hay  fever  and  poison 
ivy),  immunological  renal  diseases,  immunohematology  (blood  groups,  etc.),  the  chemistry  and 
function  of  complement,  autoimunity  and  organ  graft  rejection  phenomena. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Professor:  Hollenback  (Chairman) 
Assistant  Professors:  King,  Malcolm 
Instructor:  Stauffer 
Lecturer:  Larrabee 
Part-Time  Instructor:  Rauff 

The  major  is  designed  to  train  the  student  in  analytical  thinking  and  verbal 
and  oral  communication,  in  addition  to  educating  him  in  the  principal  disciplines 
of  business.  To  accomplish  this,  ten  courses  are  required:  Business  10-11,  23, 
28-29,  38-39,  40,  and  41  and  Mathematics  13.  Accounting  10  may  be 
substituted  for  Business  10  if  a  student  changes  his  major.  Majors  also  are 
urged  to  enroll  in  Economics  10/11;  Business  35  and  36;  Mathematics  1 2  and 
15.  The  additional  elective  offerings  are  intended  to  add  depth  in  the  areas  of 
finance,  marketing,  and  management. 

10-11  MANAGERIAL  ACCOUNTING 

The  business  firm  is  a  decision-making  institution  adapting  to  a  constantly  changing  environment. 
Future  administrators  and  managers  are  introduced  to  their  stewardship  responsibilities  by  use 
of  accounting  and  statistical  techniques  as  tools  in  planning  and  controlling  the  organization. 

23     QUANTITATIVE  BUSINESS  ANALYSIS 

Techniques  of  quantitative  analysis  useful  in  business  management.  Topics  include:  sampling, 
hypothesis  testing,  index  numbers,  analysis  of  time  series,  linear  programming,  and  decision 
theory.  Prerequisite:  Math  13  or  consent  of  instructor. 

28-29     MARKETING  MANAGEMENT 

Planning,  organization,  and  control  of  the  distribution  activities  of  the  firm,  and  an  analysis  and 
evaluation  of  the  marketing  system,  its  institutions  and  processes.  Application  of  marketing 
principles  and  the  development  of  strategies  for  specific  marketing  problems.  Product,  channel 
flow,  promotion  and  pricing  strategies  explored.  Readings,  cases,  and  games. 

32  ADVERTISING 

Nature,  scope,  methods,  and  effects  of  promotion.  Techniques  of  analysis  and  control  in  the  use 
of  advertising,  and  publicity  as  tools  in  developing  business  strategy. 

33  INVESTMENTS 

Analysis  of  the  leading  types  of  investments  available  to  the  individual  and  the  firm.  Use  of 
forecasting  methods,  financial  reports,  and  financial  indicators.  Methods  of  buying  and  selling 
securities  with  a  discussion  of  the  agencies  involved  including  brokerage  houses  and  stock 
exchanges. 

34  INSURANCE 

Analysis  of  the  major  insurance  methods  of  overcoming  risk,  including:  life,  accident,  health, 
marine,  and  social  insurance.  Fidelity  and  surety  bonds.  Commercial  and  government  plans. 

35  LEGAL  PRINCIPLES  I 

Lectures  and  analysis  of  cases  on  the  nature,  sources,  and  fundamentals  of  the  law  in  general, 
and  particularly  as  relating  to  contracts,  agency,  and  negotiable  instruments.  Open  only  to  juniors 
and  seniors. 

36  LEGAL  PRINCIPLES  II 

Lectures  on  the  fundamentals  and  history  of  the  law  relating  to  legal  associations,  real  property, 
wills,  and  estates.  Open  only  to  juniors  and  seniors. 

38-39     FINANCIAL  MANAGEMENT 

Planning,  organization,  and  control  of  the  financial  aspects  of  the  firm.  Development  of  financial 
principles  and  application  to  specific  situations.  Sources  and  uses  of  funds,  costs  of  funds,  profit 
determination,  expansion,  reorganization  and  liquidation  Prerequisite:  Business  11  or  Account- 
ing 20,  and  Business  23. 

72 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION /  73 


40  MANAGEMENT  CONCEPTS 

Structural  characteristics  and  functional  relationships  of  a  business  organization  as  well  as  the 
problems  encountered  in  coordinating  the  internal  resources  of  a  firm.  Emphasis  on  administrative 
efficiency  and  procedures. 

41  BUSINESS  POLICIES 

Planning,  organization,  and  control  of  business  operations;  setting  of  goals;  coordination  of 
resources;  development  of  policies.  Analysis  of  strategic  decisions  encompassing  all  areas  of  a 
business,  and  the  use  and  analysis  of  control  measures.  Emphasis  on  both  the  internal 
relationship  of  various  elements  of  production,  finance,  marketing,  and  personnel  and  the 
relationship  of  the  business  entity  to  external  stimuli.  Readings,  cases,  and  games.  Prerequisites: 
Business  23,  28-29,  38-39,  and  40  or  consent  of  instructor.  Seniors  only. 

42  PERSONNEL  MANAGEMENT 

An  introduction  to  the  managerial  problems  of  recruiting,  selecting,  training,  and  retraining  the 
human  resources  of  the  firm.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  interrelationship  of  personnel  policies 
with  management  objectives  and  philosophies  in  such  areas  as  fringe  benefits,  wage  and  salary 
policies,  union  activities,  and  health  and  safety. 

43  RETAIL  MANAGEMENT  I 

Planning,  organization,  and  control  of  the  retailing  firm.  Competitive  strategy  development 
through  store  location,  layout,  administrative  organization,  buying  and  pricing.  Cases,  reading, 
and  papers.  Alternate  years. 

44  RETAIL  MANAGEMENT  II 

Inventory  control,  retail  sales,  promotion,  and  financial  analysis  of  the  enterprise.  Survey  of  current 
issues  and  governmental,  social,  and  economic  forces  of  concern  to  the  retailer.  Retailing 
principles  applied  to  specific  management  situations  through  cases,  games,  and  reading. 
Prerequisite:  Business  43  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

45  ORGANIZATIONAL  THEORY 

An  analysis  of  organizational  design  through  the  use  of  analytical  models.  Using  the  systems 
approach,  an  understanding  of  human  behavior  in  formal  organizations  is  developed,  and 
practical  problems  of  organizational  design  are  discussed.  Topics  include:  traditional  organiza- 
tional theory,  behavior  patterns,  organizational  design,  and  change.  Alternate  years. 

46  PRODUCTION  MANAGEMENT 

An  introduction  to  the  production  function  in  industry.  Topics  include:  product  design,  plant 
location  and  layout,  operational  analysis,  performance  standards,  line  balance  theory,  inventroy 
control,  and  the  impact  of  automation  through  technological  change.  Alternate  years. 


CHEMISTRY 


Professors:  Hummer  (  Chairman),  Radspinner 
Assistant  Professor:  Franz 

A  major  consists  of  eight  Chemistry  courses:  Chemistry  10-11,  20-21 ,  30- 
31 ,  32,  and  33;  Mathematics  18-19, 20,  and  Physics  10-1 1 .  Mathematics  15  and 
21,  and  French,  German,  or  Russian  are  highly  recommended.  Placement  in 
Chemistry  is  determined,  in  part,  by  an  examination  taken  by  all  students  upon 
initial  enrollment  in  the  subject.  Credit  may  not  be  earned  for  both  Chemistry 
1  and  10  or  for  both  Chemistry  2  and  1 1 . 

1-2     GENERAL  CHEMISTRY 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  chemistry  including  stoichiometry,  atomic  and 
molecular  structure  and  properties,  the  states  of  matter,  solutions,  kinetics,  equilibrium,  and 
nomenclature.  A  study  of  the  chemistry  of  selected  elements  and  their  compounds  is  made 
through  application  of  fundamental  principles  with  particular  attention  focused  on  representative 
metals  and  their  inorganic  compounds  and  on  the  covalent  chemistry  of  carbon  including 
synthetic  and  naturally  occurring  compounds.  The  laboratory  treats  the  qualitative  analysis  both 
of  inorganic  ions  and  of  organic  compounds  as  well  as  quantitative  relationships.  Three  hours 
lecture,  one  hour  discussion  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 

5     BRIEF  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

This  course  is  designed  for  those  non-chemistry  majors  who  elect  a  single  semester  course  only 
in  organic  chemistry.  The  material  will  illustrate  principles  and  concepts  of  organic  chemistry 
supported  by  *hat  descriptive  material  which  would  find  application  for  students  of  medical 
technology,  biology,  nursing,  forestry,  education,  and  the  humanities.  Topics  included  are 
bonding  and  structure,  alkanes,  alkenes,  arenes,  and  their  functional  derivatives,  amino  acids  and 
proteins,  carbohydrates,  and  other  natural-occurring  compounds.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one 
four-hour  laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  2  or  11. 

10-11     ADVANCED  GENERAL  CHEMISTRY 

A  rigorous  introduction  to  the  concepts  and  models  of  chemistry.  The  foundations  of  physical, 
analytical,  and  inorganic  chemistry  are  emphasized.  Both  qualitative  and  quantitative  analysis 
procedures  are  included  in  laboratory  work  as  well  as  investigations  of  physical  and  chemical 
properties  of  compounds  and  mixtures.  Three  hours  lecture,  one  hour  discussion,  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Placement  by  examination. 

20-21     ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

A  systematic  study  of  the  compounds  of  carbon  including  both  aliphatic  and  aromatic  series. 
The  laboratory  work  introduces  the  student  to  simple  fundamental  methods  of  organic  synthesis, 
isolation,  and  analysis.  Three  hours  lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  each  week. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  2  or  11 . 

30-31     PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  theoretical  chemistry  and  their  applications.  The 
laboratory  work  includes  techniques  in  physiochemical  measurements.  Three  hours  lecture  and 
one  four-hour  laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  1 1 ,  Mathematics  20,  and  one 
year  of  Physics  or  consent  of  instructor. 

32  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  methods  of  gravimetric,  volumetric,  and  elementary  instrumental 
analysis  together  with  practice  in  laboratory  techniques  and  calculations  of  these  methods.  Two 
hours  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  each  week.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  1 1  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

33  ADVANCED  INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

A  study  of  modern  theories  of  atomic  and  molecular  structure  and  their  relationship  to  the 
chemistry  of  selected  elements  and  their  compounds.  Three  hours  lecture  and  one  four-hour 
laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  30,  Mathematics  20,  and  one  year  of 
Physics  or  consent  of  instructor. 


74 


CHEMISTRY/  75 


39  INTRODUCTION  TO  QUANTUM  MECHANICS 

After  presenting  the  origin,  basic  concepts  and  formulation  of  Quantum  Mechanics  with 
emphasis  on  its  physical  meaning  the  free  particle,  simple  harmonic  oscillator  and  central  force 
problems  will  be  investigated  Both  time  independent  and  time  dependent  perturbation  theory 
will  be  covered.  The  elegant  operator  formalism  of  quantum  mechanics  will  conclude  the  course. 
Four  hours  of  lecture  and  recitation.  Prerequisites:  Mathematics  21;  either  Chemistry  31  or 
Physics  23,  and  consent  of  instructor. 

40  ADVANCED  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

Selected  topics,  whcih  may  include  mechanisms  of  organic  reactions,  synthesis,  detailed 
structure  and  chemistry  of  natural  products,  polynuclear  hydrocarbons,  and  aromatic  heter- 
ocyclics Three  hours  lecture,  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  20-21 . 

41  QUALITATIVE  ORGANIC  ANALYSIS 

Theory  and  application  of  the  systematic  identification  of  pure  organic  compounds  and  mixtures. 
Two  hours  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  each  week.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  20. 

43  ADVANCED  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY 

A  study  of  advanced  analytical  methods  with  emphasis  on  chromatographic,  electrochemical, 
and  spectroscopic  methods  of  analysis.  Three  hours  lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period 
each  week.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  31  and  32. 

44  BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis  is  given  to  the  metabolism  of  carbohydrates,  lipids,  amino  acids,  proteins,  and  nucleic 
acids;  integration  of  metabolism;  and  biochemical  control  mechanisms  including  allosteric 
control,  induction,  repression,  as  well  as  the  various  types  of  inhibitive  control  mechanisms. 
Prerequistie:  Chemistry  21  or  5  or  consent  of  instructor. 

45  SPECTROSCOPY  AND  MOLECULAR  STRUCTURE 

Theory  and  practice  of  molecular  structure  determination  by  spectroscopic  methods.  Three 
hours  lecture.  Pre  or  co-requisites:  Chemistry  31,  33,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

48     CHEMISTRY  COLLOQUIUM 

A  seminar  in  which  faculty,  students,  and  invited  professional  chemists  discuss  their  own 
research  activities  or  those  of  others  which  have  appeared  in  the  recent  chemical  literature. 
Prerequisite:  Three  semesters  of  non-credit  Chemistry  Colloquium  00  taken  during  the  junior  and 
senior  years. 


ECONOMICS 


Professor:  Rabold  (Chairman) 
Associate  Professor:  Opdahl 

The  major  has  two  tracks.  Track  I  is  designed  for  the  student  whose  primary 
interest  lies  in  business  management;  Track  II  is  designed  for  students  with  an 
interest  in  graduate  work,  teaching,  government,  or  non-business  careers  and 
for  those  with  less  defined  interests. 

Track  I  —  Managerial  Economics  requires:  Economics  10/11,  32,  and  41 ; 
Business  10-11,  or  Accounting  10  and  20;  Business  38  and  39;  plus  two 
electives  from  the  following:  Economics  31,  35,  37,  43  and  Business  40. 

Track  II  -  Political  Economy  requires:  Economics  10/1 1,  30,  31,  40,  and  five 
electives  of  which  three  must  be  in  economics  and  two  in  political  science,  all 
selected  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  student's  advisor  or  department 
chairman. 

In  addition,  the  following  courses  are  recommended:  All  majors  —  Math  13 
and  Business  23;  Majors  planning  graduate  work  —  Math  18-19;  Track  II  majors 
—  Business  10-11. 

10/11  PRINCIPLES  OF  POLITICAL  ECONOMY* 

An  introduction  to  the  problem  of  scarcity;  to  the  economic  thought,  principles,  institutions,  and 
systems  to  which  the  problem  has  given  rise. 

20     MONEY  AND  BANKING 

Monetary  and  fiscal  factors  affecting  the  level  of  national  income;  financial  organization  of  society; 
the  banking  system,  credit  institutions,  capital  markets,  and  international  financial  relations. 
Prerequisite:  Economics  10  and  11 . 

22/23     COMPARATIVE  ECONOMIC  SYSTEMS* 

The  economic  development  and  comparative  analysis  of  contemporary  economic  systems, 
particularly  capitalism,  socialism,  and  communism.  Alternate  years. 

30/31      INTERMEDIATE  ECONOMIC  ANALYSIS* 

An  analysis  of  contemporary  value,  distribution,  and  income  theory.  First  semester  is  micro- 
economics; second  is  macroeconomics.  Prerequisite:  Economics  10/11. 

32     GOVERNMENT  AND  THE  ECONOMY 

An  analytical  survey  of  the  areas  of  contact  of  government  at  all  levels  with  the  American  economy, 
especially  in  the  areas  of  anti-trust  legislation  and  public  utilities.  Prerequisite:  Economics  10/1 1 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

35     LABOR  PROBLEMS 

The  development  of  labor  unions,  particularly  in  the  United  States;  consideration  of  the  evolution 
of  labor  and  wage  theories,  labor  legislation,  and  contemporary  issues  of  labor-management 
relations.  Alternate  years. 

37     PUBLIC  FINANCE 

An  analysis  of  the  fiscal  economics  of  the  public  sector,  to  include  the  development,  concepts, 
and  theories  of  public  expenditures,  taxation,  and  debt  at  all  levels  of  American  government. 
Includes  also  the  use  of  fiscal  policy  as  an  economic  control  device.  Prerequisite:  Economics  10 
and  1 1  or  consent  of  instructor. 

40     HISTORY  OF  ECONOMIC  THOUGHT 

A  discussion  of  the  origins,  development,  and  significance  of  the  economic  ideas  embodied  in 
the  works  of  Smith,  Marx,  Schumpeter,  Keynes,  and  others.  Prerequisite:  Economics  10  and  1 1 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

'  These  two  courses  (one  semester  each)  may  be  taken  in  either  order,  or  only  one  may  be  taken. 
76 


ECONOMICS /77 


41      MANAGERIAL  ECONOMICS 

The  application  of  economic  theory  and  methodology  to  the  solution  of  business  problems. 
Subjects  include:  optimizing  techniques,  risk  analysis,  demand  theory,  production  theory,  cost 
theory,  linear  programming,  capital  budgeting,  market  structures,  and  the  theory  of  pricing. 
Prerequisites:  Business  38  and  39  or  consent  of  instructor. 

43     INTERNATIONAL  TRADE 

A  study  of  the  principles,  theory,  development,  and  policies  concerning  international  economic 
relations,  with  particular  reference  to  the  United  States.  Prerequisite:  Economics  10  and  11. 
Alternate  years. 

45     DEVELOPMENT  OF  UNDERDEVELOPED  NATIONS 

A  study  of  the  theories  and  problems  of  capital  accumulation,  allocation  of  resources, 
technological  development,  growth,  planning  institutions  and  international  relations  encountered 
by  the  developing  nations.  Alternate  years. 


EDUCATION 

Associate  Professor:  Schaeffer  (Chairman) 
Assistant  Professors:  Conrad,  Goodman,  Keesbury 
Part-Time  Instructor:  Macbeth 

Education  20  and  Psychology  38  are  prerequisites  to  all  other  offerings  in 
the  Education  Department.  Education  20  must  be  taken  at  least  two  (2) 
semesters  before  the  Professional  Semester. 

Students  seeking  elementary  certification  must  complete  Mathematics  7, 
Education  30,  40,  41,  and  42  as  prerequisites  to  the  Professional  Semester, 
which  includes  Education  45,  47,  and  48.  They  must  also  complete  the 
Elementary  Games  section  of  the  Physical  Education  course. 

Students  seeking  secondary  certification  must  fulfill  the  requirements  of  a 
participation  experience  in  area  schools  before  the  Professional  Semester. 
Arrangements  for  participation  are  to  be  made  through  the  Education  Depart- 
ment. All  requirements  of  the  major  must  be  completed  in  addition  to  the 
professional  semester  which  includes  Education  46,  47,  and  49. 

20     INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  EDUCATION 

A  study  of  teaching  as  a  profession  with  emphasis  on  the  economic,  social,  political,  and  religious 
conditions  which  influence  American  schools  and  teachers.  Consideration  is  given  to  the  shcool 
environment,  the  curriculum,  and  the  children  with  the  intention  that  the  student  will  examine  more 
rationally  his  own  motives  for  entering  the  profession.  Not  open  to  freshman. 

30     THE  PSYCHOLOGY  AND  TEACHING  OF  READING  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

A  background  course  in  the  psychological,  emotional,  and  physical  basis  of  reading.  A  study 
of  the  learning  process  as  it  applies  to  reading,  child  development  and  the  curriculum.  The 
development  of  a  reading  program  from  the  beginning  (readiness)  through  principles,  problems, 
techniques,  and  materials  used  in  the  total  elementary  schools.  Observation  of  and  participation 
with  superior  teachers  in  elementary  schools  of  the  Greater  Williamsport  Area.  Prerequisites: 
Education  20  and  Psychology  38. 

32     INSTRUCTIONAL  MEDIA  AND  COMMUNICATIONS 

A  study  of  the  value,  design,  construction,  and  application  of  the  visual  and  auditory  aids  to 
learning.  Practical  experience  in  the  handling  of  audio-visual  equipment  and  materials  is 
provided.  Application  of  Audio  -Visual  Techniques.  Application  of  the  visual  and  auditory  aids 
to  learning.  Students  will  plan  and  carry  out  actual  teaching  assignments  utilizing  various  A-V 
devices.  Summer  session  only. 


78 /EDUCATION 


39  PUBLIC  SCHOOL  CURRICULUM 

An  examination  of  the  various  curricula  of  the  public  schools  and  their  relationships  to  current 
practices.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  meaning  and  nature  of  the  curriculum;  the 
desirable  outcomes  of  the  curriculum;  conflicing  and  variant  conceptions  of  curricular  content, 
modern  techniques  of  curricular  construction;  criteria  for  the  evaluation  of  curricula;  the 
curriculum  as  a  teaching  instrument.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  the  curriculum  work  within 
the  teaching  field  of  each  individual.  Summer  session  only. 

40  LANGUAGE  ARTS  AND  CHILDREN'S  LITERATURE  FOR  ELEMENTARY  TEACHERS 

This  course  is  designed  to  consider  the  principles,  problems,  materials,  and  techniques  of 
teaching  English,  spelling,  penmanship,  choral  speaking,  and  children's  literature.  Observation 
of  superior  teachers  in  elementary  schools  of  the  Greater  Williamsport  Area.  Prerequisite: 
Education  30. 

41  TEACHING  THE  SOCIAL  STUDIES  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

Studies  and  experiences  to  develop  a  basic  understanding  of  the  structure,  concepts,  and 
processes  of  anthropology,  economics,  geography,  history,  political  science,  and  sociology  as 
these  relate  to  the  elementary  school  social  science  curriculum.  Practical  applications, 
demonstrations  of  methods,  and  the  development  of  integrated  teaching  units  using  texts, 
reference  books,  films,  and  other  teaching  materials.  Prerequisite:  Education  30. 

42  SCIENCE,  HEALTH,  AND  SAFETY  FOR  ELEMENTARY  TEACHERS 

Science  methods  and  materials  interpreting  children's  science  experiences  and  guiding  the 
development  of  their  scientific  concepts.  A  briefing  of  the  science  content  of  the  curriculum,  its 
material  and  use.  An  introduction  to  the  methods  of  first  aid,  preservation  of  health,  prevention 
of  accidents,  and  the  development  of  good  health  habits.  Prerequisite:  Education  30. 

45  METHODS  OF  TEACHING  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 
(PART  OF  THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

A  study  of  methods  and  materials  of  teaching  all  elementary  school  subjects,  including  art  and 
music,  with  a  view  to  preparing  students  for  their  particular  student  teaching  assignment. 
Demonstration  lessons  by  students,  micro-teaching,  simulation  activities,  and  group  interrelation 
studies  may  be  included.  Prerequisite:  Education  40,  41 ,  and  42. 

46  METHODS  OF  TEACHING  IN  THE  SECONDARY  SCHOOL 

(PART  OF  THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

A  study  of  materials,  methods,  and  techniques  of  teaching  with  emphasis  on  the  student's  major. 
Stress  is  placed  on  the  selection  and  utilization  of  visual  and  auditory  aids  to  learning.  Students 
will  teach  demonstration  lessons  in  the  presence  of  the  instructor  and  the  members  of  the  class 
and  will  observe  superior  teachers  in  the  secondary  schools  of  the  Greater  Williamsport  Area. 
Prerequisites:  Education  20,  Psychology  38,  and  the  Participation  Experience. 

47  PROBLEMS  IN  CONTEMPORARY  AMERICAN  EDUCATION 

(PART  OF  THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

Seminar  in  the  issues,  problems  and  challenges  encountered  by  teachers  in  the  American  public 

schools,  especially  those  related  to  the  student  teaching  experience. 

48  PRACTICE  TEACHING  IN  THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

(PART  OF  THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

Two  Units.  Exceeds  state  mandated  minimum  requirements.  Professional  laboratory  experience 
under  the  supervision  of  a  selected  cooperating  teacher  in  a  public  elementary  school  of  the 
Greater  Williamsport  Area.  Organized  learning  experiences.  Actual  classroom  experience." 

49  PRACTICE  TEACHING  IN  THE  SECONDARY  SCHOOL 

(PART  OF  THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

Two  Units  Exceeds  state  mandated  minimum  requirements.  Professional  laboratory  experience 
under  the  supervision  of  a  selected  cooperating  teacher  in  a  public  secondary  school  of  the 
Greater  Williamsport  Area.  Organized  learning  experiences.  Emphasis  on  actual  classroom 
experience,  responsibility  in  the  guidance  program  and  out-of-class  activites.* 

'Practice  teachers  are  required  to  follow  the  calendar  of  the  school  district  to  which  they  are  assigned. 


ENGLISH  I  79 


ENGLISH 


Professor:  Graham 

Associate  Professor:  Gustafson  (Chairman),  Madden 

Assistant  Professors:  Ford,  Jensen,  Rife,  Sawyer 

A  major  consists  of  ten  courses  not  including  English  1 .  These  ten  courses 
must  include: 

Literary  Periods  —  Four  courses:  one  course  to  be  chosen  from  each  of  these 
groups:  English  20  or  21 ;  English  22  or  23;  English  24,  25,  or  26;  English  27, 
28,  or  29. 

Genres  and  Particular  Authors  —  Three  courses:  English  34  and  one  course 
from  each  of  these  groups:  English  30,  31,  or  33;  English  35,  36  or  37. 

English  Electives  —  Three  courses:  any  three  from  English  12  and  above  not 
already  taken  to  satisfy  the  preceding  requirements.  With  the  consent  of  the 
English  department,  an  appropriate  course  from  the  offerings  of  other  depart- 
ments may  be  substituted  for  an  English  elective. 

Majors  seeking  secondary  certification  in  English  are  required  to  take 
English  46. 

1     RHETORIC 

Instruction  and  carefully  supervised  practice  in  the  basic  techniques  of  organizing  and 
expressing  facts  and  ideas.  The  topic  or  topics  dealt  with  are  selected  by  the  instructor. 

12     INTRODUCTION  TO  LITERATURE 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  literature,  this  course  is  primarily  designed  for  freshmen  seeking 
an  elective  to  fulfill  half  of  their  English  Distribution  requirement.  Through  lectures  and 
discussions,  the  course  will  introduce  the  student  to  a  variety  of  literary  genres,  including  poetry, 
fiction,  and  drama.  The  lectures  will  be  delivered  by  members  of  the  English  Department,  and 
on  occasion  by  members  of  other  departments,  and  the  discussions  will  be  led  by  select  upper- 
division  English  majors. 

20  MEDIEVAL  LITERATURE 

A  study  of  the  epic,  romance,  lyric  and  drama  from  Beowulf  to  Malory's  Le  Morte  Darthur  and 
Everyman,  with  some  attention  to  continental  works  influencing  the  development  of  English 
literature. 

21  RENAISSANCE  LITERATURE 

A  study  of  English  literary  traditions  from  1500  through  the  Elizabethan  Age  within  the  context  of 
humanism  and  the  Reformation.  Emphasis  on  the  works  of  major  writers:  More,  Spenser,  Marlowe, 
Shakespeare,  Jonson,  and  others.  Some  consideration  of  continental  influences  on  works  of  the 
period. 

22  17TH  CENTURY  BRITISH  LITERATURE 

By  means  of  wide  reading  among  the  works  of  some  major  authors  of  the  period ,  an  understanding 
of  the  literature  and  the  period  will  be  pursued. 

23  18TH  CENTURY  BRITISH  LITERATURE 

A  close  analysis  of  selected  works  of  the  major  writers  (from  Pope  and  Swift  to  Johnson).  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  the  development  of  traditions  of  attitude  (literary,  social,  and  philosophical)  and 
on  the  chief  genres  of  the  period. 

24  ROMANTIC  LITERATURE  (1780-1832) 

A  study  of  the  literary,  philosophical,  and  historical  significance  of  the  Romantic  Movement. 
Emphasis  will  be  given  to  the  poetry  of  Blake,  Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  Byron,  Shelley,  Keats 


80 1  ENGLISH 


25  VICTORIAN  LITERATURE  (1832-1901) 

A  study  of  mapr  works  of  British  prose,  poetry,  and  fiction  from  1832  to  1901.  Emphasis  on  the 
individual  qualities  of  each  selection,  and  on  its  relation  to  Victorian  life  and  thought.  Authors  likely 
to  be  read  include  Dickens,  Trollope,  Eliot,  Meredith,  Thackeray,  Hardy,  Carlyle,  Mill,  Arnold, 
Ruskm,  Newman,  Pater,  Tennyson,  Browning,  Swinburne,  and  Hopkins. 

26  PRE-CIVIL  WAR  AMERICAN  LITERATURE 

A  survey  of  American  literature  and  thought  before  1830,  followed  by  more  intensive  study  of  the 
literature  and  thought  of  the  period  1830-1860.  Cooper,  Emerson,  Thoreau,  Poe,  Hawthorne, 
Melville,  and  others. 

27  20TH  CENTURY  BRITISH  LITERATURE 

Chief  attention  will  be  paid  to  the  major  works  of  poetry,  fiction,  and  drama  from  Conrad  to  Beckett, 
with  emphasis  on  the  development  of  peculiarly  20th  Century  forms  and  traditions. 

28  POST-CIVIL  WAR  AMERICAN  LITERATURE 

Major  writers,  movements,  and  influences  in  American  Literature  from  about  1860-1950,  with 
strong  emphasis  on  Naturalism  and  Realism.  Twain,  James,  Crane,  Hemingway,  Fitzgerald, 
Faulkner,  O'Neill,  Robinson,  Frost,  Eliot,  Stevens,  ef  a/. 

29  CONTEMPORARY  LITERATURE 

Represen  tative  works  of  major  figures  of  the  post-World  War  1 1  period,  British,  American,  and  some 
Continental.  Auden,  Pinter,  Murdoch,  Amis,  Hughes,  Thomas,  Greene;  Beckett,  Grass,  Camus, 
Sartre;  Albee,  Bellow,  Heller,  Vonnegut,  Lowell,  ef  al.  This  course  may  be  structured  around  a 
single  theme  or  idea,  such  as  "  The  Search  for  a  Father,"  "The  Contemporary  Wasteland,"  or  "The 
Function  of  Violence  in  the  Modern  World." 

30  THE  NATURE  OF  DRAMA 

An  examination  of  the  forms  and  techniques  of  the  drama.  The  course  will  vary  in  content  and 
may  focus  on  one  or  several  playwrights  or  periods. 

31  THE  NATURE  OF  POETRY 

Poetry  will  be  studied  with  special  attention  given  to  considering  the  "kinds"  (e.g.  lyric,  epic,  etc:) 
of  poetry,  and  the  various  ways  of  reading  poems. 

33  THE  NATURE  OF  FICTION 

An  examination  of  the  forms  and  techniques  of  fiction,  with  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the 
genre  from  the  eighteenth  century  to  the  present. 

34  INTRODUCTION  TO  LITERARY  CRITICISM 

A  study  of  major  critical  approaches  to  the  reading  of  literature.  Practice  in  writing  formal  critical 
analyses  of  selected  works. 

35  CHAUCER 

A  study  of  the  major  poetry  of  Chaucer,  with  emphasis  on  The  Canterbury  Tales  and  Troilus  and 
Criseyde,  with  some  reference  to  the  traditions  out  of  which  these  works  arose. 

36  SHAKESPEARE 

A  study  of  selected  major  plays,  with  emphasis  given  to  their  relation  to  Shakespeare's  age  and 
our  own. 

37  SELECTED  AUTHORS 

An  intensive  study  of  one  or  more  authors,  selected  on  the  basis  of  student  and  faculty  interest. 
This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

40     LITERATURE  AND  LANGUAGE:  FORMAL  APPROACHES 

The  general  subject  of  such  a  course  might  be  the  history  and  theory  of  literature,  with,  for 
example,  the  specific  topic  being  the  relationships  between  the  development  of  the  English 
language  and  its  poetics  by  means  of  a  consideration  of  traditional  metric  theories  in  light  of 
current  linguistic  research;  or,  the  general  subject  of  such  a  course  might  be  semantics  and 
theories  of  meaning,  with  attention  given  to  various  schools  of  thought  such  as  those  of  the 
semanticists,  the  General  Semanticists,  the  Semologists,  and  so  on;  or,  the  course  might  take  up 
special  topics  in  linguistics.  This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 


ENGLISH  I  81 


41  TRADITIONAL  THEMES  IN  LITERATURE 

Persistent  themes,  legends,  and  ideas  in  literature — King  Arthur,  Faust,  Utopia;  alienation,  rite  de 
passage,  the  quest,  existentialism,  determinism,  and  the  like.  This  course  may  be  repeated  for 
credit. 

42  LITERATURE  IN  ITS  EXTERNAL  RELATIONS 

Emphasis  will  be  on  literature  in  its  relation  to  specific  cultural  manifestations.  Individual  courses 
may  be  organized  around  such  materials  as  Literature  and  Psychology,  Literature  and 
Industrialism,  Literature  and  Philosophy,  and  so  on.  This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

43  CONTRASTIVE  STUDIES 

Emphasis  will  be  on  comparisons  and  contrasts  among  the  literatures  of  more  than  one  period, 
nation,  or  group,  or  among  literature  and  other  media.  Individual  courses  might  consider  such 
constrastive  materials  as  American  and  Russian  Frontier  Literature;  Literature  of  the  Folk  and  of 
the  Establishment,  and  so  on.  This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

44  WRITING  WORKSHOP:  NON-FICTION 

A  workshop  course  dealing  with  the  professional  treatment  of  factual  material  for  magazines  or 
newspapers.  Emphasis  on  the  informal  essay,  feature  article,  interview,  or  news  story  with 
consideration  of  the  interests  of  individual  students.  Roundtable  discussions  will  be  sup- 
plemented by  personal  conferences.  This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

45  WRITING  WORKSHOP:  FICTION,  POETRY 

Emphasis  will  be  on  practical  experience  in  writing  imaginative  literature  (e.g.  poetry,  short  story, 
drama,  etc.).  The  course  will  focus  on  a  single  form  of  imaginative  writing.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

46  THE  STRUCTURE  AND  HISTORY  OF  THE  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE 

A  study  of  modern  language  theories  as  applied  to  Modern  English  and  its  historical  origins. 
Emphasis  in  any  given  semester  will  be  on  Structural  or  Generative-Transformational  approaches 
to  the  understanding  of  language. 

48     SENIOR  SEMINAR 

A  comprehensive  study  of  the  range  of  English  and  American  literature,  cutting  across  genres 
and  periods.  Specific  content  and  approach  may  vary  with  the  instructor.  This  course  may  be 
repeated  for  credit.  Limited  to  senior  majors. 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 
AND  LITERATURE 


Associate  Professors:  Flam,  Maples 

Assistant  Professors:  Winston  (Chairman),  Dufour, 

MacKenzie,  Rassoul 

Part-Time  Instructor:  Picot 


Study  of  foreign  languages  and  literatures  offers  opportunity  to  explore, 
broadly,  the  varieties  of  human  experience  and  thought.  It  contributes  both  to 
personal  and  to  international  understanding  by  providing  competence  in  a 
foreign  language  and  a  critical  acquaintance  with  the  literature  and  culture  of 
foreign  peoples.  A  major  can  serve  as  entree  to  careers  in  business,  industry, 
government,  publishing,  education,  journalism,  social  agencies,  translating, 
and  writing.  It  prepares  for  graduate  work  in  literature  or  linguistics  and  the 
international  fields  of  politics,  commerce,  law,  health,  and  area  studies. 

FRENCH,  GERMAN,  RUSSIAN,  and  SPANISH  are  offered  as  major  fields 
of  study.  The  major  consists  of  eight  courses  numbered  10  or  above.  Majors 
seeking  teacher  certification  and  students  planning  to  enter  graduate  school 
are  advised  to  begin  study  of  a  second  foreign  language.  The  department 
encourages  the  development  in  breadth  of  programs  including  allied  courses 
from  related  fields  or  a  second  major,  and  also  individual  or  established 
interdisciplinary  majorscombining  interest  in  several  literaturesorareaorcross- 
cultural  studies,  for  example:  Soviet  Area  Studies,  Western  European  Studies, 
20th  Century  Studies,  the  Major  in  Literature.  Majors,  teaching  certification 
candidates,  and  in  fact  all  college  students  are  encouraged  to  spend  at  least 
a  semester  of  study  abroad  by  applying  to  one  of  the  many  programs  available. 
The  department  maintains  a  file  of  such  programs.  The  department  also 
participates  in  a  student  exchange  program  with  the  Padagogische 
Hochschule  of  Gottingen. 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 

(Wholly  or  partially  taught  in  English) 

25     CONTINENTAL  LITERATURE 

A  study  of  such  major  continental  authors  as  Cervantes,  Dostoevsky,  Chekov,  Dante,  Ibsen, 
Proust,  Gide,  Kafka,  Hesse,  Goethe,  Sartre,  Camus,  Brecht,  and  lonesco.  Works  read  in  English 
translation  will  vary  and  be  organized  around  a  different  theme  or  topic;  recent  topics  have  been 
existentialism  and  modernism.  Prerequisite:  None.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  with  consent  of 
instructor. 

38     FOREIGN  LANGUAGE:  SYSTEMS  AND  PROCESS 

Study  of  basic  linguistic  concepts  as  a  tool  for  language  learning  and  teaching.  Discussion  and 
application  of  modern  language  teaching  techniques.  Designed  for  future  teachers  of  foreign 
languages.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 


82 


FRENCH 

A  major  consists  of  eight  courses  numbered  1 0  or  above,  including  at  least 
one  numbered  40  or  above.  Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures  25  may  be 
included  in  the  major. 

All  majors  who  wish  to  be  certified  for  teaching  must  pass  courses  23,  31 , 
Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures  38,  and  at  least  two  courses  numbered  40 
or  above.  A  language  proficiency  test  is  required  of  these  students  during  their 
senior  year. 

1-2     ELEMENTARY 

Aim  of  course  is  to  acquire  the  fundamentals  of  the  language  with  a  view  to  using  them.  Regular 
practice  in  speaking,  understanding,  and  reading. 

10-11      INTERMEDIATE 

Review  and  development  of  fundamentals  of  the  language  for  immediate  use  in  speaking, 
understanding,  and  reading  with  a  view  to  building  confidence  in  self-expression.  Prerequisite: 
French  2  or  equivalent. 

20     CONVERSATION 

Designed  to  develop  conversational  fluency  and  comprehension  through  small  group  dis- 
cussions focusing  on  topics  from  readings  in  modern  French  culture,  such  as  French  social 
attitudes  and  French-American  cultural  differences.  Some  attention  to  grammar  and  writing. 
Prerequisite:  French  11  or  equivalent. 

23     INTRODUCTION  TO  LITERARY  STUDIES 

Studies  in  French  literature,  with  emphasis  on  critical  reading  and  interpretation.  Discussions, 
lectures,  oral  exposes,  papers.  Prerequisite:  French  20  or  equivalent. 

28     MODERN  FRANCE 

A  course  designed  to  familiarize  students  with  political  and  social  structures  and  cultural  attitudes 
in  contemporary  French  society.  Materials  studied  may  include  such  documents  as  newspaper 
articles,  interviews,  and  sociological  surveys,  and  readings  in  history,  religion,  anthropology,  and 
the  arts.  Some  attention  to  the  changing  educational  system  and  the  family  and  to  events  and 
ideas  which  have  shaped  French  society.  May  include  some  comparative  study  of  France  and 
the  United  States 

English  Section:  Not  applicable  toward  satisfying  Foreign  Language  distribution  requirement 
Prerequisite:  None. 

French  Section:  Offers  readings,  papers,  and  interviews  in  French  for  students  with  sufficient 
language  skill.  Can  be  applied  toward  Foreign  Language  distribution  requirement.  Prerequisite: 
French  10  or  equivalent  competency  as  determined  by  the  department. 

31     FRENCH  GRAMMATICAL  STRUCTURE 

Study  of  complex  grammatical  rules  and  their  practical  application  in  speaking  and  writing. 
Recommended  for  all  majors. 

41     FRENCH  LITERATURE  OF  THE  MIDDLE  AGES  AND  THE  RENAISSANCE 

A  study  of  selected  works  from  La  Chanson  de  Roland  to  Montaigne.  Prerequisite:  French  23  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

43     FRENCH  LITERATURE  OF  THE  17TH  CENTURY 

A  study  of  major  texts  of  the  period:  preciosite,  the  origins  and  theories  of  French  classicism, 
Corneille,  Pascal,  Descartes  Classical  tragedy  and  comedy:  Racine,  Moliere,  La  Fontaine,  Mme. 
de  La  Fayette,  La  Bruyere.  Prerequisite:  French  23  or  consent  of  insturctor.  Alternate  years. 

45     FRENCH  LITERATURE  OF  THE  18TH  CENTURY 

The  literary  expression  of  ideas:  Montesquieu.  Voltaire,  Rousseau,  and  the  Encyclopedists. 
Prerequisite:  French  23  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years 

47     FRENCH  LITERATURE  OF  THE  19TH  CENTURY 

The  dimensions  of  the  Romantic  sensibility:  Musset,  Hugo,  Vigny,  Balzac,  Stendhal.  Realsim  and 
Naturalism  in  the  novels  of  Flaubert  and  Zola.  Reaction  in  the  poetry  of  Baudelaire,  Rimbaud, 
Verlame,  and  Mallarme  Prerequisite:  French  23  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

83 


48  MODERN  FRENCH  THEATRE 

Major  trends  in  French  drama  from  the  turn  of  the  century  to  Existentialism  and  the  Theatre  of  the 
Absurd.  Giraudoux,  Anouilh,  Sartre,  Camus,  Beckett,  lonesco,  Genet,  Adamov,  and  others. 
Prerequisite:  French  23  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

49  FRENCH  LITERATURE  OF  THE  20TH  CENTURY 

Representative  poets  and  novelists  of  modern  France.  Readings  selected  from  the  works  of 
authors  such  as  Proust,  Gide,  Aragon,  Giono,  Maunac,  Celine,  Malraux,  Saint-Exupery,  Camus, 
the  "new  novelists"  (Robbe-Gnllet,  Butor,  Sarraute,  Le  Clezio),  and  the  poetry  of  Apollinaire, 
Valery,  the  Surrealists  (Breton,  Reverdy,  Eluard,  Char),  Saint-John  Perse,  Supervielle,  Prevert,  and 
others.  Some  attention  to  works  of  French-speaking  African  writers.  Prerequisite:  French  23  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 


GERMAN 

A  major  consists  of  eight  courses  numbered  1 0  or  above,  one  of  which  may 
be  Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures  25. 

All  majors  who  wish  to  be  certified  for  teaching  must  pass  courses  31 ,  33, 
34,  and  Foreign  Language  and  Literatures  38.  A  language  proficiency  test  is 
required  of  these  students  during  their  senior  year. 

1-2     ELEMENTARY 

Aim  of  course  is  to  acquire  the  fundamentals  of  the  language  with  a  view  to  using  them.  Regular 
practice  in  speaking,  understanding,  and  reading. 

10-11      IMTERMEDIATE 

Review  and  development  of  fundamentals  of  the  language  for  immediate  use  in  speaking, 
understanding,  and  reading  with  a  view  to  building  confidence  in  self-expression.  Prerequisite: 
German  2  or  equivalent. 

20     CONVERSATION 

Designed  to  develop  aural  comprehension  and  conversational  fluency.  Readings  and  dis- 
cussions on  topics  of  contemporary  society  in  Germany,  Switzerland,  and  Austria.  Some  attention 
to  grammar  and  writing.  Prerequisite:  German  11  or  equivalent. 

31     GERMAN  GRAMMATICAL  STRUCTURE 

Study  of  intonation,  complex  grammatical  rules  and  their  practical  application,  styhstics,  and  a 
brief  survey  of  the  development  of  the  language.  Recommended  for  all  majors. 

33  SURVEY  OF  GERMAN  LITERATURE  AND  CIVILIZATION 

Selected  literature  of  the  Old  High  and  Middle  High  German  periods,  of  the  late  Middle  Ages  and 
Baroque.  Prerequisite:  German  20  or  consent  of  instructor. 

34  SURVEY  OF  GERMAN  LITERATURE  AND  CIVILIZATION 

Representative  masterpieces  of  New  High  German  literature  beginning  with  the  era  of  the 
Enlightenment.  Prerequisite:  German  20  or  consent  of  instructor. 

40  GOETHE 

A  study  of  the  life  and  works  of  Goethe  Goethe's  significance  in  the  Classical  period  and  later. 
Readings  in  the  major  works.  Prerequisite:  German  33  or  34  or  consent  of  instructor. 

41  CLASSICAL  GERMAN  DRAMA 

The  development  of  das  klassische  Drama  with  emphasis  on  works  of  Lessing,  Goethe,  and 
Schiller.  Prerequisite  German  20. 

42  MODERN  GERMAN  DRAMA 

The  emergence  of  modern  Drama  commencing  with  Buchner  and  leading  to  Brecht.  Prerequisite: 
German  20. 

43  THE  NOVELLE 

The  German  Novelle  as  a  genre  relating  to  various  literary  periods.  Prerequisite:  German  20. 

84 


45     GERMAN  POETRY 

A  study  of  selected  poets  or  the  poetry  of  various  literary  periods.  Prerequisite:  German  33  or  34 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

47     MODERN  GERMAN  LITERATURE 

A  study  of  the  major  movements  and  writers  from  Naturalism,  Expressionism,  and  the  postwar 
period.  Hauptmann,  Rilke,  Mann,  Hesse,  Kaiser,  and  others  Prerequisite:  German  33  or  34  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

GREEK 

Greek  is  not  offered  as  a  major. 

1-2     NEW  TESTAMENT  GRAMMAR  AND  READINGS 

Fundamentals  of  New  Testament  Greek  grammar  and  readings  of  selected  passages  of  the  Greek 
text.  Alternate  years. 

1 1  THE  GOSPEL  ACCORDING  TO  ST.  MARK 

A  critical  reading  of  the  Greek  text  with  special  attention  to  exegetical  questions.  Alternate  years. 

12  THE  EPISTLE  TO  THE  ROMANS 

A  critical  reading  of  the  Greek  text  with  special  attention  being  given  to  the  theology  of  St.  Paul. 
Alternate  years. 

HEBREW 

Hebrew  is  not  offered  as  a  major. 

1-2     OLD  TESTAMENT  GRAMMAR  AND  READINGS 

Fundamentals  of  Old  Testament  Hebrew  grammar  and  readings  of  selected  passages  of  the 
Hebrew  text.  Alternate  years. 

11-12     INTERMEDIATE  OLD  TESTAMENT  HEBREW 

A  critical  reading  of  the  Old  Testament  Hebrew  text  with  special  attention  to  exegetical  questions. 
The  text  read  varies  from  year  to  year.  Alternate  years. 

RUSSIAN 

A  major  consists  of  eight  courses  numbered  1 0  or  above,  one  of  which  may 
be  Foreign  Languages  and  Literature  25. 

All  majors  who  wish  to  be  certified  for  teaching  must  pass  courses  20-21, 
33,  34,  and  Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures  38.  A  language  proficiency  test 
is  required  of  these  students  during  their  senior  year. 

1-2     ELEMENTARY 

Aim  of  course  is  to  acquire  the  fundamentals  of  the  language  with  a  view  to  using  them.  Regular 
practice  in  speaking,  understanding,  and  reading. 

10-11     INTERMEDIATE 

Review  and  development  of  fundamentals  of  the  language  for  immediate  use  in  speaking, 
understanding,  and  reading  with  a  view  to  building  confidence  in  self-expression.  Prerequisite: 
Russian  2  or  equivalent. 

20-21     ADVANCED 

Designed  to  develop  a  high  degree  of  aural  comprehension  and  conversational  fluency.  Directed 
composition  and  readings.  Prerequisite:  Russian  11  or  equivalent. 

33     SURVEY  OF  RUSSIAN  LITERATURE  AND  CIVILIZATION 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  important  periods  of  Russian  literature,  representative 
authors,  and  major  socio-economic  developments.  The  course  deals  with  the  literature  through 
Dostoevski.  Required  of  all  majors  and  open  to  students  majoring  in  other  departments  after 
consultation  with  the  instructor. 


85 


86 1  FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 


34     SURVEY  OF  RUSSIAN  LITERATURE  AND  CIVILIZATION 

Designed  to  acquaint  students  with  important  periods  of  Russian  literature,  representative 
authors,  and  major  socio-economic  developments.  The  course  starts  with  Tolstoy.  Required  of 
all  majors  and  open  to  students  majoring  in  other  departments  after  consultation  with  the 
instructor. 

43     RUSSIAN  SHORT  STORY 

Study  of  historical  development  of  the  short  story  form  in  Russia.  Lectures,  reports,  and  class 
analysis. 

47  SOVIET  LITERATURE 

Survey  of  major  literary  figures,  movements,  styles.  Revolution  and  its  impact  on  literature  and 
writers.  Revival  of  the  psychological  novel,  short  story,  contemporary  poetry. 

48  READINGS  IN  MODERN  RUSSIAN 

Representative  readings  and  translation  of  Soviet  periodicals  and  selected  texts  in  social 
sciences.  Study  of  current  political  and  social  terminology,  Soviet  idioms. 


SPANISH 

A  major  consists  of  eight  courses  numbered  10  or  above,  including  at  least 
one  numbered  40  or  above.  Normally,  Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures  25 
does  not  count  toward  the  major. 

All  majors  who  wish  to  be  certified  for  teaching  must  pass  courses  31 ,  38, 
pass  Spanish  31  and  Foreign  Language  and  Literatures  38  and  one  from  33, 
34,  or  35.  A  language  proficiency  test  is  required  of  these  students  during  their 
senior  year. 

1-2     ELEMENTARY 

Aim  of  course  is  to  acquire  the  fundamentals  of  the  language  with  a  view  to  using  them.  Regular 
practice  in  speaking,  understanding,  and  reading. 

10-11     INTERMEDIATE 

Review  and  development  of  fundamentals  of  the  language  for  immediate  use  in  speaking, 
understanding,  and  reading  with  a  view  to  building  confidence  in  self-expression.  Prerequisite: 
Spanish  2  or  equivalent. 

20     ADVANCED 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  improve  the  students's  ability  in  spontaneous  conversations, 
focusing  on  everyday  activities  and  matters  of  current  concern  as  suggested  in  readings  from 
Latin  American  and  peninsular  sources.  Vocabulary  building  is  stressed.  Prerequisite:  Spanish 
1 1  or  equivalent. 

28     CONTEMPORARY  HISPANIC  LIFE 

To  introduce  students  to  the  Spanish  people  —  their  values,  customs  and  institutions,  with 
reference  to  the  major  socio-economic,  political  and  artistic  forces  governing  present-day  Spain 
Readings  will  include  selections  from  periodical  literature  as  will  as  historical  and  literary  texts. 
Lectures  in  English. 

English  section:  Not  applicable  toward  satisfying  the  Foreign  Language  Distribution  require- 
ments. Prerequisite:  None. 

Spanish  Section:  Students  with  sufficient  language  skill  wishing  to  take  this  course  for  credit 
towards  the  Foreign  Language  distribution  requirement  will  be  given  special  readings  and  other 
assignments  in  Spanish.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  1 1  or  equivalent  competency  as  determined  by 
the  department. 

31     SPANISH  GRAMMATICAL  STRUCTURE 

Study  of  intonation,  complex  grammatical  rules  and  their  practical  application,  and  a  brief  survey 
of  the  development  of  the  language.  Recommended  for  all  majors. 


HISTORY  1 87 


33  SURVEY  OF  SPANISH  LITERATURE  AND  CIVILIZATION 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  important  periods  of  Spanish  literature,  representative 
authors,  and  major  socio-economic  developments.  The  course  deals  with  the  literature  from  the 
beginning  through  the  17th  century.  Open  to  students  majoring  in  other  departments  after 
consultation  with  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

34  SURVEY  OF  SPANISH  LITERATURE  AND  CIVILIZATION 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  important  periods  of  Spanish  literature,  representative 
authors,  and  major  socio-economic  developments.  The  course  deals  with  the  literature  from  the 
18th  century  to  the  present.  Open  to  students  majoring  in  other  departments  after  consultation 
with  the  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

35  SURVEY  OF  SPANISH  AMERICAN  LITERATURE  AND  CIVILIZATION 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  important  periods  of  Spanish-American  literature, 
representative  authors,  and  major  socio-economic  developments.  The  course  deals  with  the 
literature,  especially  the  essay  and  poetry,  from  16th  century  to  present.  Prerequisite:  Consent 
of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

44     SPANISH  LITERATURE  OF  THE  GOLDEN  AGE 

A  study  of  representative  works  and  principal  literary  figures  in  the  poetry,  prose,  and  drama  of 
the  16th  and  17th  centuries,  from  Fernando  de  Rojas  to  Calderon.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

47  19TH  CENTURY  NOVEL 

Regionalism,  realism,  and  naturalism  in  prose  fiction,  with  emphasis  on  the  workds  of  Galdos. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

48  THE  GENERATION  OF  '98 

Principal  literary  figures  of  the  early  20th  century:  Unamuno,  Azorin,  Valle  Inclan,  Baroja, 
Benavente,  Machado,  Jimenez,  etc.  Prerequsisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

49  SPANISH  AMERICAN  NOVEL 

Twentieth  Century  novelists  from  Azuela  to  Garcia  Marquez.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 


HISTORY 

Associate  Professor:  Piper  (Chairman) 
Assistant  Professor:  Larson 
Part-Time  Instructor:  Ewing 

A  major  consists  of  ten  courses  including  History  1 0  and  1 1 .  Religion  26  and 
/or  27  may  be  counted  toward  a  major.  History  majors  seeking  secondary 
certification  are  required  to  take  History  12  and  13.  In  addition  to  the  courses 
listed  below,  special  courses  and  individual  studies  are  available — recent 
topics  include  the  American  Indian,  European  Left,  Peace  Movements,  Violence 
in  American,  and  Tudor-Stuart  England. 

10  MODERN  WORLD  (1500-1815) 

An  examination  of  the  political,  social,  cultural,  and  intellectual  history  of  Europe  and  its  relations 
with  other  areas  of  the  world  from  1500  to  1815. 

1 1  MODERN  WORLD  (1815-Present) 

An  examination  of  the  political,  social,  cultural,  and  intellectual  history  of  Europe  and  its  relations 
with  other  areas  of  the  world  from  1815  to  present. 

12  UNITED  STATES  HISTORY  (1763-1877) 

A  study  of  the  men,  measures,  and  movements  which  have  been  significant  in  the  development 
of  the  United  States  between  1763  and  1877  Attention  is  paid  to  the  problems  of  minority  groups 
and  to  aspects  of  Pennsylvania  history  as  well  as  to  majority  and  national  influences. 


88 1  HISTORY 


13     UNITED  STATES  HISTORY  SINCE  1877 

A  study  of  the  men,  measures,  and  movements  which  have  been  significant  in  the  development 
of  the  United  States  since  1877.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  problemsof  minority  groups  and  to  aspects 
of  Pennsylvania  history  as  well  as  to  majority  and  national  influences. 

20  ANCIENT  GREECE 

A  study  of  the  origins  of  civilization  in  the  ancient  Near  East,  its  diffusion  to  other  areas,  and  the 
foundations  of  the  western  tradition  in  Greece.  The  political,  social,  and  cultural  experiences  and 
the  intellectual,  literary,  and  aesthetic  achievements  of  the  Greeks  will  be  examined.  Alternate 
years. 

21  THE  ROMAN  REPUBLIC  AND  EMPIRE 

The  emergence  and  expansion  of  the  Roman  state,  its  conquest  of  the  Mediterranean,  its 
experience  as  a  republic,  its  transformation  into  the  Empire,  the  Empire  as  a  major  factor  in  history. 
The  role  of  Rome  in  the  continuation  and  modification  of  the  western  tradition  will  be  examined. 
Alternate  years. 

22  MEDIEVAL  EUROPE  AND  ITS  NEIGHBORS 

The  history  of  Europe  from  the  dissolution  of  the  Roman  Empire  to  the  mid-fifteenth  century.  The 
course  will  deal  with  the  growing  estrangement  of  western  Catholic  Europe  from  Byzantium  and 
Islam,  culminating  in  the  Crusades;  the  rise  of  the  Islamic  Empire  and  its  laterfragmentation;  the 
development  and  growth  of  feudalism;  the  conflict  of  empire  and  papacy,  and  the  rise  of  towns. 
Alternate  years. 

28     AFRO-AMERICAN  HISTORY 

A  study  of  the  experiences  and  participation  of  Afro-Americans  in  the  United  States.  The  course 
includes  historical  experiences  such  as  slavery,  abolition,  reconstruction,  and  urbanization.  It  also 
raises  the  issue  of  the  development  and  growth  of  white  racism,  and  the  effect  of  this  racism  on 
contemporary  Afro-American  social,  intellectural,  and  political  life. 

30  20TH  CENTURY  EUROPE  TO  1929 

An  intensive  study  of  various  aspects  of  the  political,  economic,  social,  and  intellectual  History 
of  Europe  from  1 900  to  1 929.  Topics  include  the  irrationalist  movement,  the  causes  of  imperialism, 
the  origins  of  the  First  World  War,  the  Russian  Revolution  and  establishment  of  the  Soviet  Regime, 
and  the  attempts  at  peacemaking  after  1918.  Prerequisite:  history  11  or  consent  of  insturctor. 
Alternate  years. 

31  20TH  CENTURY  EUROPE  SINCE  1929 

An  intensive  study  of  various  aspects  of  the  policial,  economic,  social,  and  intellectual  history  of 
Europe  from  1929  to  the  present.  Topics  include  the  nature  of  fascism,  development  of  Stalinist 
Russia,  outbreak  of  World  War  II,  origins  of  the  Cold  War,  and  the  economic  reconstruction  and 
integration  of  Western  Europe  since  1945.  Prerequisite:  History  11  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 

32-33     CONFLICT  IN  WESTERN  SOCIETY 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  role  of  international  conflict  in  the  shaping  of  the  Western  World  and  the 
efforts  to  eliminate  or  restrict  its  destructiveness.  Following  a  brief  survey  of  the  evolving  nature 
of  warfare  and  society,  the  course  will  center  on  topics  such  as  the  rise  of  the  concept  of  the 
balance  of  power,  alliance  politics,  theories  of  deterrence,  problems  of  peacemaking,  efforts  at 
disarmament,  and  the  evolving  nature  of  civil-military  relations.  Prerequisite:  History  10  and  11 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

34  AMERICAN  FOREIGN  RELATIONS 

A  study  of  the  course  of  relations  of  the  United  States  with  foreign  nations  from  independence 
through  World  War  I.  Alternate  years. 

35  AMERICAN  FOREIGN  RELATIONS 

A  detailed  study  of  the  formulation  and  application  of  American  foreign  policies  since  1918. 
Alternate  years. 

37     COLONIAL  AMERICA  AND  THE  REVOLUTIONARY  ERA 

The  establishment  of  British  settlements  on  the  American  continent,  their  history  as  colonies,  the 
causes  and  events  of  the  American  Revolution,  the  Critical  Period  following  independence,  and 
proposal  and  adoption  of  the  United  States  Constitution.  Alternate  years. 


HISTORY  1 89 


38     CIVIL  WAR  AND  RECONSTRUCTION 

The  problems  and  events  leading  to  war,  the  political  and  military  history  of  the  war,  and  the  bitter 
aftermath  to  the  Compromise  of  1877.  Alternate  years. 

40  HISTORY  OF  RENAISSANCE  THOUGHT 

A  study  of  the  classical,  humanist,  and  scholastic  elements  involved  in  the  development  of  the 
Renaissance  outlook,  views,  and  values,  both  in  Italy  and  in  Northern  Europe.  The  various 
combination  of  circumstances  which  constitute  the  historical  context  of  these  intellectual 
developments  will  be  noted.  Prerequisite:  History  10  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

41  HISTORY  OF  REFORMATION  THOUGHT 

A  study  of  the  ideas  and  systems  of  ideas  propounded  prior  to  the  Reformation  but  which  are 
historically  related  to  its  inception  and  of  the  ideas  and  systems  of  ideas  involved  in  the  formation 
of  the  major  Reformation,  Protestant  traditions  and  in  the  Catholic  Reformation.  Included  are  the 
ideas  of  the  humanists  of  the  Reformation  Era.  Prerequisite:  History  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 

42  U.S.  SOCIAL  AND  INTELLECTUAL  HISTORY  TO  1865 

A  study  of  the  social  and  intellectual  experience  of  the  United  States  from  its  colonial  antecedence 
through  reconstruction.  Among  the  topics  considered  are  Puritanism,  Transcendentalism, 
community  life  and  organization,  education  and  social  reform  movements.  Prerequisite:  2 courses 
from  History  12,  13,  28,  or  consent  of  instructor  Alternate  years. 

43  U.S.  SOCIAL  AND  INTELLECTUAL  HISTORY  SINCE  1865 

A  study  of  the  social  and  intellectual  experience  of  the  United  States  from  reconstruction  to  the 
present  day .  Among  the  topics  considered  are  Social  Darwinism,  Pragmatism,  community  life  and 
organization,  education  and  social  reform  movements.  Prerequisite:  2  courses  from  History  12, 
13,  28,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

44  FRENCH  REVOLUTION  AND  NAPOLEON 

An  analysis  of  the  political,  social,  and  intellectual  background  of  the  French  Revolution,  a  survey 
of  the  course  of  revolutionary  development,  and  an  estimate  of  the  results  of  the  Napoleonic 
conquests  and  administration.  Prerequisite:  History  10  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

45  INDUSTRIALIZATION  AND  URBANIZATION  OF  MODERN  EUROPE 

A  study  of  the  rise  of  industrialism  and  its  impact  on  social,  economic,  and  intellectual 
developments.  Prerequisite:  History  10  and  11  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

46  TOPICS  IN  RUSSIAN  HISTORY 

Studies  of  various  aspects  of  prerevolutionary  Russia  evolving  around  the  theme  of  the  failure  of 
the  Tsarist  regime  to  successfully  overcome  the  challenge  of  the  modern  world.  Prerequisite: 
History  10  and  11 ,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

47  TOPICS  IN  SOVIET  HISTORY 

Studies  of  various  aspects  of  political,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  history  of  the  USSR  since 
1917.  Prerequisite:  History  10  and  11 ,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

48  TOPICS  IN  20TH  CENTURY  UNITED  STATES  RELIGION 

The  study  of  historical  and  cultural  developments  in  American  society  which  relates  to  religion 
or  are  commonly  called  religious.  This  involves  consideration  of  the  institutional  and  intellectual 
development  of  several  faith  groups  as  well  as  discussion  of  certain  problems.  The  problems 
include  the  persistence  of  religious  bigotry  and  the  changing  modes  of  Church-State  rela- 
tionships. Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

49  THE  HIGH  MIDDLE  AGES 

The  flowering  of  a  distinctive  medieval  civilization  in  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  centuries.  The 
political,  social,  economic, intellectual,  ecclesiastical,  literary,  and  aesthetic  facets  of  this 
civilization  will  be  studied  in  their  relationship  to  each  other.  Alternate  years. 


MATHEMATICS 


Professor:  Skeath  (Chairman) 

Assistant  Professors:  Feldmann,  Getchell,  Henninger 

Instructors:  Lambert,  Sausman 

A  major  consists  of  ten  courses  numbered  10  or  above;  Mathematics  18- 
1 9, 20,  34,  and  35  and  fourothercourses  numbered  above  20  must  be  included. 
Students  seeking  secondary  certification  in  Mathematics  are  required  to  take 
Math  30  and  36  and  are  advised  to  take  Philosophy  26.  All  majors  are  advised 
to  elect  Philosophy  24  and  36.  In  addition  to  the  courses  listed  below,  special 
courses  are  occasionally  available  —  recent  topics  include:  Optimization 
Theory,  Theory  of  Numbers,  Lattice  Theory,  History  of  Mathematics,  Graph 
Theory,  Four-Color  Problem,  and  Applied  Probability. 

1     INTRODUCTION  TO  MATHEMATICS 

An  introduction  to  the  following  mathematics  topics:  Set  theory,  probability,  analytic  geometry, 
calculus,  computer  science.  Since  these  subjects  are  explored  in  greater  depth  in  later  courses, 
taking  this  course  may  help  a  student  in  selecting  additional  mathematics  courses.  Open  only 
to  freshmen  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

3     INTRODUCTION  TO  CALCULUS 

An  intuitive  approach  to  the  calculus  concepts  with  applications  to  business,  biology,  and  social 
science  problems.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed  Math  18. 

6  ELEMENTARY  GEOMETRY 

All  aspects  of  Euclidean  Geometry  which  are  needed  by  elementary  school  teachers  are  covered 
in  amodern,  but  informal,  fashion.  Subjects  include:  geometric  objects,  measurement,  symmetry, 
similarity,  parallels,  and  coordinate  geometry. 

7  MATHEMATICS  FOR  ELEMENTARY  TEACHERS 

A  study  of  content,  objectives,  materials,  and  methods  of  instruction.  Topics  include  a 
development  of  the  real  number  system  and  its  various  subsystems,  nondecimal  arithmetic, 
geometry,  probability,  and  algorithms  for  the  four  basic  operations.  Observations  of  superior 
teachers  in  elementary  school  of  the  Greater  Williamsport  Area.  Co-requisite:  Education  20  or 
application  to  the  elementary  education  program. 

12  FINITE  MATHEMATICS  FOR  DECISION  MAKING 

Matrix  solution  of  systems  of  linear  equations,  linear  programming,  theory  of  games,  Markov 
chains. 

13  INTRODUCTION  TO  STATISTICS 

Describing  distributions  of  measurements,  probability  and  random  variables,  binomial  and 
normal  probability  distributions,  statistical  inference  from  small  samples,  linear  regression  and 
correlation,  analysis  of  enumerativedata.  Includes  laboratory  experience  with  the  desk  calculator. 

15     COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

Study  of  mathematics  relevant  to  computing.  A  survey  of  machine  and  symbolic  programming. 
Introduction  to  FORTRAN  IV  programming.  Includes  laboratory  experience  on  an  IBM  1130. 

17     PRECALCULUS  MATHEMATICS 

The  study  of  logarithmic,  exponential,  trigonometric,  polynomial  and  rational  functions,  their 
graphs  and  elementary  properties. 

18-19     ANALYTIC  GEOMETRY  AND  CALCULUS  Ml 

The  study  of  the  concepts  of  limits  and  continuity,  differentiation  and  integration  of  algebraic  and 
transcendental  functions,  maximum  and  minimum,  related  rates,  polar  coordinates,  vectors,  solid 
geometry,  convergent  and  divergent  series,  partial  differentiation,  multiple  integrals.  Prerequisite: 
Math  17  or  equivalent. 

90 


MATHEMATICS  1 91 


20  CALCULUS  III  AND  MATRIX  ALGEBRA 

Further  work  in  convergent  and  divergent  series,  matrix  algebra,  and  selected  topics.  Prere- 
quisite: Mathematics  19. 

21  DIFFERENTIAL  EQUATIONS 

Methods  of  solving  differential  equations,  including  Laplace  transforms,  differential  operators  and 
variation  of  parameters.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  20. 

24     FOUNDATIONS  OF  MATHEMATICS 

Topics  include  the  nature  of  mathematical  systems,  essentials  of  logical  reasoning,  axiomatic 
foundation  of  set  theory,  and  transfinite  induction.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  18  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

30  TOPICS  IN  GEOMETRY 

An  axiomatic  treatment  of  Euclidean  geometry,  and  an  introduction  to  related  geometries. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  18.  Alternate  years. 

31  INTRODUCTION  TO  NUMERICAL  ANALYSIS 

Study  and  analysis  of  tabulated  data  leading  to  interpolation,  numerical  solution  of  equations  and 
systems  of  equations,  numerical  integration.  Co-requisite:  Mathematics  21.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  15.  Alternate  years. 

32-33     MATHEMATIC  STATISTICS  Ml 

A  study  of  probability,  discrete  and  continuous  random  variables,  expected  values  and  moments, 
sampling,  point  estimation,  sampling  distributions,  interval  estimation,  test  of  hypotheses, 
regression  and  linear  hypotheses,  experimental  design  models.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  20. 
Alternate  years. 

34  ABSTRACT  ALGEBRA 

An  introduction  to  groups,  rings,  and  fields.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  20  or  24. 

35  LINEAR  ALGEBRA 

An  introduction  to  vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  20  or  24. 

36  CONCEPTS  OF  MATHEMATICS  IN  SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

A  course  designed  for  mathematics  majors  who  are  planning  to  teach  at  the  secondary  level. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  mathematics  that  forms  the  foundation  of  secondary  mathematics. 
Ideas  will  be  presented  to  familiarize  the  student  with  various  curriculum  proposals,  to  provide 
for  innovation  within  the  existing  curriculum  and  to  expand  the  boundaries  of  the  existing 
curriculum.  Prerequisite:  Open  only  to  junior  and  senior  math  majors  enrolled  in  the  secondary 
education  program. 

40  APPLIED  ANALYSIS 

Topics  selected  from  vector  analysis,  tensors,  matrices,  partial  differential  equations  and  the 
calculus  of  variations.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  21 .  Alternate  years. 

41  INTRODUCTION  TO  TOPOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  metric  spaces,  abstract  topological  spaces,  mappings,  separation,  complete- 
ness, compactness,  and  connectedness.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  20.  Alternate  years. 

42  REAL  ANALYSIS 

Construction  of  the  real  number  system.  A  rigorous  study  of  infinite  series  and  continuity, 
differentiation  and  integration  of  real  valued  functions.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  20  Alternate 
years. 

43  COMPLEX  ANALYSIS 

Introduction  to  the  complex  number  system,  functions  of  a  complex  variable,  transformations, 
analytic  functions,  and  complex  integration.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  20.  Alternate  years. 


MUSIC 


Professors:  Morgan  (Chairman),  Mclver 
Associate  Professors:  Russell,  Sheaffer 

A  major  consists  of  eight  courses  numbered  10and  above.  Eachmajormust 
complete  one-half  unit  of  applied  music  each  semester  as  follows:  participation 
in  an  ensemble  (67,  68,  69),  and  three  half-hour  music  lessons  (60  to  66),  or 
their  equivalent. 

1-2     INTRODUCTION  TO  MUSIC 

A  basic  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  nature  of  music.  Extensive  guided 
listening  is  used  to  help  the  student  to  become  perceptive. 

10-11      MUSIC  THEORY  I  AND  II 

An  integrated  course  in  musicianship  including  sight  singing,  ear  training,  written  and  keyboard 
harmony. 

20-21     MUSIC  THEORY  III  AND  IV 

A  continuation  of  the  integrated  course  moving  toward  newer  uses  of  musical  materials. 
Prerequisite:  Music  11.  Alternate  years. 

28  COUNTERPOINT 

A  study  of  the  five  species  in  two,  three,  and  four-part  writing.  Alternate  years. 

29  ORCHESTRATION 

A  study  of  modern  orchestral  instruments,  and  examination  of  their  use  by  the  great  masters  with 
practical  problems  in  instrumentation.  Alternate  years. 

30  COMPOSITION 

Creative  writing  in  smaller  vocal  and  instrumental  forms.  The  college  musical  organizations  serve 
to  make  performance  possible.  Alternate  years. 

31  CONDUCTING 

A  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  conducting  with  frequent  opportunity  for  practical  experience. 
Alternate  years. 

32  ELECTRONIC  MUSIC  I 

The  course  involves  learning  the  function  and  operational  techniques  of  the  components  of  an 
electronic  music  studio.  The  modules  involved  include  tape  recorders  and  signal  generators. 
Tape  recording  techniques  from  the  beginning  stages  through  advanced  use  of  quad-radial 
stereo  sound  are  involved.  In  addition,  the  operation  and  understanding  of  various  wave  forms, 
individually  and  collectively,  will  be  included. 

33  ELECTRONIC  MUSIC  II 
Continuation  of  Music  32. 

35  MUSIC  HISTORY  AND  LITERATURE  TO  J.S.  BACH 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  music  from  antiquity  to  the  beginning  of  the  1 8th  century  with  emphasis 
on  nonmensural  chant,  the  beginnings  of  harmony  and  counterpoint  and  their  development. 
Prerequisite:  Music  2.  Alternate  years. 

36  MUSIC  HISTORY  AND  LITERATURE  OF  THE  18TH  CENTURY 

Emphasizing  the  achievements  of  the  late  Baroque  and  largely  concerned  with  the  lives  and  works 
of  Bach,  Handel,  Haydn,  and  Mozart.  Prerequisite:  Music  2.  Alternate  years. 

42     ELECTRONIC  MUSIC  III 

A  continuation  of  the  processes  begun  in  Music  32  and  33  plus  the  addition  of  the  study  of  and 
practice  in  the  use  of  various  methods  of  signal  modification.  Also  included  is  the  study  of  form 
in  electronic  music.  Prerequisite:  Music  33. 


92 


43     ELECTRONIC  MUSIC  IV 

A  study  of  mixing  and  equalization  techniques  as  applied  to  multiple  track  electronic  music 
composition.  Prerequisite:  Music  42. 

45  MUSIC  HISTORY  AND  LITERATURE  OF  THE  19TH  CENTURY 

A  survey  of  the  music  of  the  19th  century,  including  study  of  Beethoven,  Chopin,  Schubert, 
Brahms,  Wagner,  and  Debussy  and  their  principal  media  and  forms.  Prerequisite:  Music  2. 
Alternate  years. 

46  MUSIC  HISTORY  AND  LITERATURE  OF  THE  20TH  CENTURY 

The  survey  of  music  history  culimates  with  the  study  of  the  works  of  such  moderns  as  Stravinsky, 
Bartok,  Prokofief ,  Schostakovich,  Barber,  Copland,  Menotti,  and  Stockhausen.  Attention  is  given 
to  atonality  and  expressionism.  Prerequisite:  Music  2.  Alternate  years. 

APPLIED  MUSIC 

The  study  of  performance  in  Piano,  Voice,  Organ,  Strings,  Brass,  Wood- 
winds, and  Percussion  is  designed  to  develop  sound  technique  and  a 
knoowledge  of  the  appropriate  literature.  Student  recitals  offer  oppoortunity  to 
gain  experience  in  performance.  Music  majors  or  other  qualified  students  in 
performance  may  present  formal  recitals. 

Credit  for  Applied  Music  courses  (Music  60  through  69)  is  earned  on  a 
fractional  basis— SEE  PAGE  58  for  the  fractional  values  involved.  An  Applied 
Music  Course  (60  series)  should  NOT  be  substituted  for  an  academic  course 
in  a  student's  schedule  but  should  be  IN  ADDITION  TO  the  normal  four 
academic  courses  taken  per  semester. 

Private  Instruction  In: 

60  Piano  62    Strings  64     Brass  66    Percussion 

61  Voice  63    Organ  65    Woodwinds 


67  PIANO  ENSEMBLE 

A  course  designed  to  explore  piano  literature  for  four  and  eight  hands. 

68  VOCAL  ENSEMBLE 

A  course  designed  to  enable  any  student  possessing  at  least  average  vocal  talent  to  study  choral 
technique  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  tone  production,  diction  and  phrasing. 

69  INSTRUMENTAL  ENSEMBLE 

A  course  directed  toward  developing  fine  ensemble  music  through  a  study  of  group  instrumental 
procedures. 


93 


PHILOSOPHY 


Assistant  Professor:  Herring  (Chairman), 
Assistant  Professor:  Griffith,  Whelan 


The  study  of  philosophy  develops  a  critical  understanding  of  the  basic 
concepts  and  presuppositions  around  which  we  organize  our  thought  in 
science,  religion,  education,  morality,  the  arts,  and  other  human  enterprises.  A 
major  in  philosophy,  together  with  appropriate  courses,  can  provide  an 
excellent  preparation  for  policy-making  positions  of  many  kinds,  for  graduate 
study  in  several  fields,  and  for  careers  in  education,  law,  and  the  ministry.  The 
major  consists  of  at  least  eight  courses  numbered  10  or  above,  at  least  six  of 
which  must  be  numbered  20  or  above.  These  courses  must  include  Philosophy 
32  or  33,  34  or  35,  and  49.  In  addition  to  the  courses  listed  below,  special 
courses  and  individual  studies  are  available  —  recent  topics  include  existen- 
tialism, Plato'sethics,  philosophy  in  literature,  metaethics,  Schopenhauer,  moral 
education,  and  Nietzsche. 

5     PRACTICAL  LOGIC 

A  general  introduction  to  topics  in  logic  and  their  applications  to  practical  reasoning,  with  primary 
emphasis  on  detecting  fallacies,  evaulating  inductive  reasoning,  and  understanding  scientific 
method. 

1 1  ALTERNATIVE  WORLD  VIEWS 

An  introductory  philosophical  examination  of  some  of  the  different  ways  man  has  attenpted  to 
understand  the  universe  and  his  place  in  it,  with  particular  attention  to  what  might  be  called 
scientific,  religious,  and  commonsense  world  views.  Discussion  will  center  around  apparent 
conflicts  between  world  views  and  ways  philosophers  have  suggested  to  resolve  these  conflicts. 

12  THOUGHT,  LANGUAGE,  AND  REALITY 

An  introductory  philosophical  investigation  of  some  of  the  issues  suggested  by  the  following 
questions:  What  is  thought?  Could  a  machine  think?  Do  animals  think?  What  is  the  relation 
between  thought  and  language?  Do  our  works  adequately  express  our  thoughts?  Must  children 
think  in  order  to  speak  or  must  they  speak  in  order  to  think?  What  is  the  relation  between  language 
and  reality?  Is  any  language  adequate  to  describe  the  world?  Does  language  determine  our 
conception  of  the  world? 

13  MIND,  BODY,  AND  THE  SELF 

An  introductory  philosophical  examination  of  some  problems  concerning  the  nature  of  self.  The 
following  questions  are  usually  considered:  Is  the  self  a  physical  or  non-physical  entity?  Is  the 
self  determined  or  free?  Could  the  self  survive  the  death  of  the  body?  In  what  does  the  identity 
of  the  self  consist?  Discussion  will  center  on  some  of  the  suggestions  philosophers  have  made 
about  how  to  answer  these  questions. 

14  CONTEMPORARY  MORAL  ISSUES 

An  introductory  philosophical  examination  of  the  moral  dimension  of  various  contemporary  public 
issues,  such  as  scientific  experimentation  on  humans,  the  use  of  scientific  discoveries,  the  relation 
of  ethics  to  politics  and  the  law,  the  enforcement  of  morals,  the  problem  of  fair  distribution  of  goods 
and  opportunities,  the  legitimacy  of  restricting  the  use  of  natural  resources,  and  the  application 
of  ethics  to  business  practice.  Discussion  will  center  on  some  of  the  suggestions  philosophers 
have  made  about  how  to  deal  with  these  issues. 

20     ETHICAL  THEORIES 

An  inquiry  concerning  the  grounds  which  distinguish  morally  right  actions  from  morally  wrong 
actions.  Central  to  the  course  is  critical  consideration  of  the  proposals  and  the  rationale  of 
relativists,  egoists,  utilitarians,  and  other  ethical  theorists.  Prerequisite:  One  course  in  philosophy, 
or  junior  or  senior  standing. 


94 


PHILOSOPHY  1 95 


21  AESTHETICS 

A  philosophical  examination  of  the  nature  of  art  and  aesthetic  value  and  a  consideration  of  some 
of  the  philosophical  problems  relating  to  various  art-forms:  painting,  poetry,  theatre  music  etc 
Some  typical  issues  discussed  are:  What  sort  of  reasons,  if  any,  are  appropriate  in  a  criticism'? 
Are  the  arts  kinds  of  language?  Is  censorship  in  the  arts  ever  justifiable?  Prerequisite  One  course 
in  philosophy,  or  junior  or  senior  standing.  Alternate  years. 

22  SOCIAL  AND  POLITICAL  PHILOSOPHY 

Of  central  interest  is  the  question  of  the  relation  between  human  nature  and  the  proper  social  and 
political  order.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  an  examination  of  the  logic  of  social  and  political  thought 
and  on  the  analysis  of  key  concepts  such  as  power,  authority,  freedom,  law,  rights,  justice  and 
social  and  political  obligations.  Prerequisite:  One  course  in  philosophy  or  junior  or  senior 
standing. 

23  PHILOSOPHY  OF  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

An  examination  of  some  of  the  philosophical  issues  which  arise  when  one  considers  the  following 
question:  How  is  the  study  of  persons— some  of  whom  are,  at  least  potentially,  rational  agents 
—different  from,  and  related  to,  the  scientific  study  of  other  natural  phenomena?Prerequ/s/'fe:  One 
course  in  philosophy,  or  junior  or  senior  standing.  Alternate  years. 

24  PHILOSOPHY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCE 

A  consideration  of  philosophically  important  conceptual  problems  related  primarily  to  the 
methodology  of  natural  science,  including  such  topicsas  the  nature  of  scientific  laws  and  theories 
the  character  of  explanation,  the  import  of  prediction,  the  existence  of  "non-observalbe" 
theoretical  entities  such  as  electrons  and  genes,  the  problem  of  justifying  induction,  and  various 
puzzles  associated  with  probability.  Prerequisite:  one  course  in  philosophy,  or  junior  or  senior 
standing.  Alternate  years. 

25  PHILOSOPHY  OF  RELIGION 

A  philosophical  examination  of  religion.  Included  are  such  topics  as  the  nature  of  religious 
discourse,  arguments  for  and  against  the  existence  of  God,  and  the  relation  between  religion  and 
science.  Readings  from  classical  and  contemporary  sources.  Prerequisite:  One  course  in 
philosophy,  or  Junior  or  Senior  major. 

26  PHILOSOPHY  OF  EDUCATION 

An  examination  of  the  basic  concepts  involved  in  thought  about  education,  and  a  consideration 
of  the  various  methods  for  justifying  educational  proposals.  Typical  of  the  issues  discussed  are 
these:  Are  education  and  indoctrination  different?  If  there  a  role  for  authority  in  education?  Are 
education  and  schooling  compatible?  What  do  we  need  to  learn?  Prerequisite-  One  course  in 
philosophy,  or  Junior  or  Senior  standing. 

32     ANCIENT  GREEK  PHILOSOPHY:  METAPHYSICS  &  EPISTEMOLOGY 

Primarily  an  examination  of  the  metaphysical  and  epistemological  views  of  Plato  and  Aristotle 
Some  attention  is  paid  to  the  intellectual  milieu  out  of  which  they  developed.  However,  primary 
interest  is  on  critically  understanding  philosophical  issues  raised  in  selected  Platonic  and 
Aristotelian  texts.  Prerequisite:  Two  courses  in  philosophy,  or  Junior  or  Senior  standinq  Alternate 
years. 

34  CONTINENTAL  RATIONALISM 

An  examination  of  the  philosophical  views  of  the  continental  rationalists,  with  primary  emphasis 
on  the  works  of  Descartes.  In  additon,  the  works  of  other  rationalists,  such  as  Spinoza  and  Leibniz 
are  usually  discussed.  Prerequisite:  Two  courses  in  philosophy,  or  Junior  or  Senior  standinq 
Alternate  years. 

35  BRITISH  EMPIRICISM 

An  examination  of  the  philosophical  views  of  the  British  empiricists,  such  as  Locke,  Berkeley,  and 
Hume,  and  of  Kant's  response  to  these  views  Prerequisite:  Two  courses  in  philosophy,  or  Junior 
or  Senior  standing.  Alternate  years. 

36  SYMBOLIC  LOGIC 

A  study  of  modern  symbolic  logic,  including  truth-functional  logic,  the  logic  of  propositional 
functions,  and  deductive  systems.  Attention  is  also  given  to  various  topics  in  the  philosophy  of 
the  formal  sciences. 


37     PHILOSOPHY  OF  LANGUAGE 

A  careful  examination  of  several  of  the  philosophically  important  topics  related  to  the  existence 
and  use  of  language,  including  meaning,  reference,  definition,  synonymity,  analyticity,  truth,  and 
speech  acts.  Prerequisite:  Two  courses  in  philosophy,  or  Junior  or  Senior  standing. 

49     DEPARTMENTAL  SEMINAR 

An  investigation,  carried  on  by  discussions  and  papers,  into  one  philosophical  problem,  text, 
philosopher,  or  movement  A  different  topic  is  selected  each  semester;  recent  topics  include 
Sidgwick's  ethics,  religious  language,  Kierkegaard,  legal  punishment,  and  Wittgenstein.  This 
seminar  is  designed  to  provide  Junior  and  Senior  philosophy  majors  and  other  qualified  students 
with  more  than  the  usual  opportunity  for  concentrated  and  cooperative  inquiry.  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  the  instructor.  This  seminar  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Assistant  Professors:  Burch  (Chairman) 
Assistant  Professors:  Vargo,  Whitehill,  Phillips 

1     PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Coeducational  physical  education  classes.  Basic  instructions  in  fundamentals,  knowlege,  and 
appreciation  of  sports  that  include  swimming,  tennis,  bowling,  volleyball,  archery,  field  hockey, 
soccer,  golf,  badminton,  modern  dance,  skiing,  elementary  games  (for  elementary  teachers), 
toneastics,  physical  fitness,  and  other  activities.  Beginning  swimming  is  required  for  all  non- 
swimmers.  Students  may  select  any  activity  offered.  A  reasonable  degree  of  proficiency  is  required 
of  the  student  in  the  activities  in  which  he  chooses  to  participate.  Emphasis  is  on  the  potential  use 
of  activities  as  recreational  and  leisure-time  interests.  Two  semesters  of  physical  education  (two 
hours  per  week)  are  required. 


PHYSICS 

Professor:  Fineman(Chairman) 
Associate  Professor:  W.  Smith 
Assistant  Professor:  Jamison 
Teaching  Fellow:  Erickson 

A  major  consists  of  eight  courses,  of  which  six  must  be  numbered  above 
20.  Physics  23,  29,  33;  Mathematics  18-19,  20,  21 ;  and  one  year  of  chemistry 
are  required.  Students  planning  to  enter  graduate  school  will  find  it  advisable 
to  have  a  reading  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  and  to  know  Fortran 
programming.  All  junior  and  senior  physics  majors  are  required  to  attend  and 
to  participate  in  the  weekly  physics  colloquia. 

3-4     PHYSICAL  SCIENCE 

The  course  will  present  and  explain  some  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  physical  sciences: 
Physics,  Astronomy,  Earth  Science,  and  Chemistry — in  such  a  manner  that  liberal  arts  students 
will  realize  that  science  is  not  only  comprehensible  but  exciting.  The  emphasis  of  the  course  will 
be  conceptional  rather  that  mathematical.  It  will  meet  the  college's  natural  science  distribution 
requirements.  Three  lectures,  one  recitation,  and  two-hour  laboratory  session.  Prerequisite 
Mathematics  17  or  equivalent. 

5     ASTRONOMY 

The  course  will  cover  some  of  the  basic  physical  principles  and  then  attempt  to  show  how 
astronomers,  through  observation,  classification,  and  careful  analysis,  arrive  at  current  views  of 
the  universe.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  17  or  equivalent. 


96 


PHYSICS  1 97 


8-9     ELEMENTS  OF  PHYSICS 

A  non-calculus  introductory  course  in  which  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  and 
optics  are  presented.  Some  recent  developments  in  physics  will  also  be  presented.  Three 
lectures,  one  recitation  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  session.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  17  or 
equivalent. 

10-11     GENERAL  PHYSICS 

An  introductory  course  in  physics  for  science  and  engineering  students,  in  which  the  basic 
concepts  of  mechanics,  thermodynamics,  electricity,  magnetism,  and  light  are  presented  using 
calculus.  Three  lectures,  one  recitation  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  session.  Co-requisite: 
Mathematics  18  or  Mathematics  3. 

21     THE  CONCEPTS  OF  MODERN  PHYSICS 

The  purpose  of  this  elective  course  is  to  provide  Arts  and  Humanities  majors,  who  have  a  minimum 
background  in  mathematics  and  physics,  to  satisfy  their  curiosity  about  the  nature  of  the  physical 
world  without  being  concerned  about  doing  a  lot  of  problem  solving.  The  course  will  include 
discussions  in  an  historical  and  philosophical  framework  of  the  mechanical  concepts  (mass, 
space,  time,  force,  momentum,  and  energy),  a  few  topics  in  relativity  and  of  the  discovery, 
detection  and  use  of  some  of  the  elementary  particles  of  physics  and  their  impact  on 
contemporary  physical  thought.  Four  hours  lecture-discussion.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  17  or 
equivalent. 

23     MODERN  PHYSICS 

The  basic  concepts  of  Modem  Physics  are  examined;  the  wave-particle  duality  and  the 
fundamental  ideas  of  quantum  mechanics;  atomic  structure;  x-ray  spectra;  interaction  of  radiation 
and  matter;  nuclear  models  and  nuclear  structure,  radioactivity,  nuclear  reactions;  molecular  and 
solid  state  physics.  Special  relativity.  This  course  is  the  foundation  for  a  systematic  study  of 
quantum  mechanics.  Three  lectures  and  one  four-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Physics  11  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

29-30     ELECTRICITY  AND  MAGNETISM 

This  course  will  cover  the  electrostatic  field,  electric  potential,  magnetic  field  and  the  electrical 
and  magnetic  properties  of  matter.  Maxwell's  equations  and  some  of  their  applications  to 
electromagnetic  radiation  will  be  taken  up.  The  laboratory  will  include  experiments  on  basic 
electronics  as  well  as  classical  electricity  and  magnetism  experiments.  Three  lecture  and  two  two- 
hour  laboratory  sessions.  Prerequisite:  Physics  23;  Co-requisite:  Mathematics  21  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

31     OPTICS  AND  WAVES 

Following  a  presentation  of  geometrical  optics,  wave  motion,  inference;  Fresnel  and  Fraunhofer 
diffraction,  gratings;  the  velocity  of  light,  absorption  and  scattering,  and  polarization  of  light  will 
be  covered.  Three  hours  lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  session.  Prerequisite:  Physics  1 1 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

33-34     MECHANICS 

The  study  of  the  motion  of  a  single  particle,  a  system  of  particles,  rigid  bodies  and  an  introduction 
to  the  mechanics  of  continuous  media  will  be  covered.  Topics  which  are  needed  for  understand- 
ing quantum  mechanics  and  special  theory  of  relativity  such  as  moving  reference  systems. 
Lagrange's  equations  and  theory  of  vibrations  will  be  examined.  Three  lectures,  and  a  recitation 
or  a  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Physics  1 1;  Mathematics  21  or  consent  of  instructor. 

35     THERMAL  PHYSICS 

The  laws  of  thermodynamics  and  their  applications  to  some  physical,  chemical,  electric,  and 
magnetic  problem  s  are  presented.  The  properties  of  bulk  matter  will  also  be  treated  from  a 
microscopic  viewpoint,  i.e.,  the  kinetic  theory  of  gases  and  statistical  mechanics.  A  comparison 
of  Maxwell-Boltzmann,  Fermi-Dirac,  and  Bose-Einstein  statistics  is  made.  Four  hours  of  lecture 
and  recitation.  Prerequisite:  Physics  33  or  consent  of  instructor. 

39     INTRODUCTION  OF  QUANTUM  MECHANICS 

After  presenting  the  origin,  basic  concepts  and  formulation  of  Quantum  Mechanics  with  emphasis 
on  its  physical  meaning  the  free  particle,  simple  harmonic  oscillator  and  central  force  problems 
will  be  investigated.  Both  time  independent  and  time  dependent  perturbation  theory  will  be 
covered.  The  elegant  operator  formalism  of  quantum  mechanics  will  conclude  the  course.  Four 
hours  of  lecture  and  recitation.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  21;  either  Chemistry  31  or  Physics  23, 
and  consent  of  instructor. 


98 1  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


41  ELEMENTS  OF  NUCLEAR  PHYSICS 

With  the  tools  obtained  after  a  review  of  nuclear  concepts  and  some  quantum  mechanics,  the 
course  will  cover  interactions  of  nuclear  radiations  with  matter,  radioactive  decay  and  nuclear 
reactions.  The  understanding  of  nuclear  forces  will  be  emphasized,  particularly  from  scattering 
studies  of  two-nucleon  systems  Three  lectures  and  four-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Physics 
39,  or  Physics  23  and  consent  of  instructor. 

42  SOLID  STATE  PHYSICS 

Introductory  treatment  of  crystallography,  lattice  dynamics,  electrons  in  metal  properties  of 
semiconductors  and  dielectric  and  magnetic  properties  of  solids  will  be  given.  Three  lecutres  and 
four-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Physics  39;  or  Physics  23  and  consent  of  instructor. 

48     PHYSICS  COLLOQUIA  (SENIOR  COURSE) 

In  this  course,  professionally  active  physicists  or  scientists  in  closely  allied  fields  present  lectures 
on  their  own  research  or  professional  activities.  In  addition,  the  student  will  do  a  literature  review 
and  present  his  results  at  one  of  thecolloquia.  Prerequisite:  Three  semesters  of  non-credit  Physics 
Colloquia  00  taken  during  their  junior  and  senior  years. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Professor:  Jose 

Associate  Professor:  Giglio  (Chairman) 

Assistant  Professor:  Roskin 

The  major  is  designed  to  provide  a  systematic  understanding  of  govern- 
mentand  politicsatthe  international,  national,  state,  and  local  levels.  Majorsare 
encouraged  to  develop  their  faculties  to  make  independent,  objective  analysis 
which  can  be  applied  to  the  broad  spectrum  of  the  social  sciences. 

Although  the  political  science  major  is  not  designed  as  a  vocational  major, 
students  with  such  training  may  go  directly  into  government  service,  journalism, 
teaching,  or  private  administrative  agencies.  A  political  science  major  can 
provide  the  base  for  the  study  of  law,  or  for  graduate  studies  leading  to 
administrative  work  in  federal,  state,  or  local  government,  international  organiza- 
tions, or  college  teaching.  Students  seeking  certification  to  teach  secondary 
school  social  studies  may  major  in  political  science  but  should  consult  their 
advisers  and  the  education  department.  Washington  National  and  International 
Semesters  are  sponsored  at  the  American  University  and  a  United  Nations 
Semester  at  Drew  University. 

A  major  consists  of  eight  political  science  courses,  including  Political 
Science  15  and  at  least  one  course  in  each  of  the  five  areas  (A  to  E)  below.  To 
encourage  familiarity  with  other  social  sciences,  at  least  two  courses  must  be 
completed  from  the  following:  Business  35  and  36  (recommended  for  pre-law); 
Economics  10/11,  32,  45;  History  31,  32,  33;  Philosophy  22,  Sociology  26. 

15     INTRODUCTION  TO  POLITICS 

The  behavior  and  misbehavior  of  the  political  animal,  man.  Why  he  forms  political  communities, 
how  he  may  improve  them,  and  how  he  may  destroy  them.  Required of all  political  science  majors; 
open  to  a  limited  number  of  other  interested  students. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE  199 


A.  AMERICAN  GOVERNMENT 

10  GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 

An  introduction  to  American  national  government  which  emphasizes  both  structural-functional 
analysis  and  policymaking  processes.  In  addition  to  the  legislative,  executive  and  judicial 
branches  ot  government,  attention  will  be  given  to  political  parties  and  interest  groups,  elections 
and  voting  behavior,  and  constitutional  rights.  Recommended  to  all  Social  Science  Education 
majors  and  to  those  students  who  have  had  inadequate  or  insufficient  preparation  in  American 
government. 

1 1  STATE  AND  LOCAL  GOVERNMENT 

An  examination  of  the  general  principles,  major  problems,  and  political  processes  of  the  states 
and  their  subdivisions,  together  with  their  role  in  a  federal  type  of  government. 

30  THE  AMERICAN  CONSTITUTIONAL  SYSTEM 

An  analysis  of  the  Supreme  Court  in  the  American  system  of  government  with  some  attention  paid 
to  judicial  decisionmaking.  Topics  include:  judicial  review,  federalism,  constitutional  limits  on 
legislative  and  executive  powers,  elections  and  representation. 

31  CIVIL  RIGHTS  AND  LIBERTIES 

What  are  our  rights  and  liberties  as  American?  What  should  they  be?  A  frank  discussion  of  the 
nature  and  scope  of  the  constitutional  guarantees,  First  Amendment  rights,  the  rights  of  criminal 
suspects  and  defendants,  racial  equality,  and  equal  protection  of  the  laws.  Students  will  read  and 
brief  the  more  important  Supreme  Count  decisions. 

33     PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION  AND  PLANNING 

A  systematic  description,  analysis,  and  evaluation  of  the  institutional  foundations  of  the  American 
system  of  public  administration,  with  special  attention  to  structure,  personnel,  and  control. 
Alternate  years. 


B.  AMERICAN  POLITICS 

22  POLITICAL  PARTIES  AND  INTEREST  GROUPS 

An  examination  of  the  history,  organization,  functions,  and  methods  of  American  political  parties. 
Special  attention  is  devoted  to  the  role  of  organized  interest  groups  in  the  political  process. 

23  AMERICAN  PRESIDENCY 

A  study  of  the  office  and  powers  of  the  president  with  analysis  of  his  major  roles  as  chief 
administrator,  legislator,  political  leader,  foreign  policy  maker,  and  commander-in-chief.  Special 
attention  is  given  to  those  presidents  who  led  the  nation  boldly. 

24  THE  LEGISLATIVE  PROCESS 

A  study  of  the  role  of  the  legislature  in  the  framework  of  the  national  and  state  governments. 
Consideration  of  the  influence  of  the  parties,  pressure  groups,  public  opinion,  constituencies,  the 
"committee  system",  the"administration"  and  theconstitution  in  thelawmakmg  process.  Alternate 
years. 

32     THE  POLITICS  OF  CITIES  AND  SUBURBS 

An  examination  of  the  history,  legal  basis,  power,  forms,  services,  and  problems  of  the  cities  and 
their  suburbs,  with  special  reference  to  current  experiments  in  the  solution  of  the  problems  of 
metropolitan  areas. 


C.  POLITICAL  THEORY 
35     LAW  AND  SOCIETY 

An  examination  into  the  nature,  sources,  functions,  and  limits  of  law  as  an  instrument  of  political 
and  social  control.  Included  for  discussion  are  legal  problems  pertaining  to  the  family,  crime, 
deviant  behavior,  poverty,  and  minority  groups.  Alternate  years. 

46     CONTEMPORARY  POLITICAL  IDEOLOGIES 

The  growth,  development  and  current  status  of  liberalism,  conservatism,  nationalism,  socialism, 
communism,  and  fascism.  Alternate  years. 


100 1  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


47     THE  AMERICAN  POLITICAL  TRADITION 

An  examination  of  the  significant  ideas  which  have  shaped  the  American  political  tradition  from 
their  European  origins  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  on  the  influence  of  these  ideas  in  the 
development  of  American  democracy.  Special  attention  will  be  paid  to  an  analysis  of  contem- 
porary ideological  movements:  Black  Power,  New  Left,  and  Radical  Feminism.  Alternate  years. 

D.  COMPARATIVE  POLITICS 
20     COMPARATIVE  POLITICS:  ADVANCED  SYSTEMS 

A  cross-national  study  of  highly  developed  states,  with  emphasis  on  Western  Europe  and  Japan, 
Compared  to  the  U.S.  system. 

38  POLITICS  OF  DEVELOPING  AREAS 

The  causes  and  possible  cures  for  socio-political  backwardness  in  Asia,  Africa,  and  Latin 
American.  Alternate  years. 

36  THE  SOVIET  POLITICAL  SYSTEM 

The  political  theory  and  practice  of  the  Soviet  Union,  including  some  comparison  with  other 
Communist  states  such  as  China  and  Yugoslavia.  Alternate  years. 

E.  INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 
25     WORLD  POLITICS 

Why  is  there  war?  An  introduction  to  international  relations  with  emphasis  on  the  varieties  of 
conflicts  which  may  grow  into  war. 

37  COMMUNIST  STRATEGIES  AND  TACTICS 

The  foreign  policies  of  the  various  Communist  states;  the  breakup  of  monolithic  communism  into 
national  -interest  communism  as  practiced  by  the  Soviet  Union,  China,  Romania,  and  Yugoslavia. 
Alternate  years. 

39  AMERICAN  FOREIGN  POLICY 

The  U.S.  role  in  the  world  in  geographic,  strategic,  historical,  and  ideological  perspectives,  plus 
an  examination  of  the  domestic  forces  shaping  U.  S.  policy.  Alternate  years. 

43     INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATION 

An  examination  of  structure  and  function  of  the  League  of  Nations  and  particularly  the  United 
Nations  with  emphasis  on  activities  related  to  the  maintenance  of  international  peace  and  security . 
Alternate  years. 


PSYCHOLOGY 

Associate  Professor:  Loomis  (Chairman),  Hancock 
Assistant  Professors:  Brittain,  O'Brien,  Catt 

A  major  consists  of  Psychology  10,  20,  21,  22,  and  four  other  psychology 
courses.  Mathematics  13  is  also  required.  In  addition  to  the  departmental 
requirements,  majors  are  urged  to  include  courses  in  Animal  Physiology, 
Sociology,  and  the  Mathematics  option  of  the  distribution  requirements. 

10     INTRODUCTORY  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  empirical  study  of  human  and  other  animal  behavior.  Areas  considered  may 
include:  learning,  personality,  social,  physiological,  sensory,  cognition,  and  developmental. 

15     ORGANIZATIONAL  AND  INDUSTRIAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

The  application  of  the  principles  and  methods  of  psychology  to  selected  organizational  and 
industrial  situations.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10. 


PSYCHOLOGY  1 101 


16     ABNORMAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  patterns  of  deviant  behavior  with  emphasis  on  cause,  function,  and 
treatment.  The  various  models  for  the  conceptualization  of  abnormal  behavior  are  critically 
examined.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10. 

20  SENSORY  EXPERIMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

The  examination  of  psychophysical  methodology  and  basic  neurophysiological  methods  as  they 
are  applied  to  the  understanding  of  sensory  processes.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10; 
Mathematics  13. 

21  LEARNING  EXPERIMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

Learning  processes.  The  examination  of  the  basic  methods  and  principles  of  animal  and  human 
learning.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10;  Mathematics  13. 

22  PERSONALITY  THEORY 

Theories  of  Personality.  A  comparison  of  different  theoretical  views  on  the  development  and 
functioning  of  personality.  Examined  in  detail  are  three  general  viewpoints  of  personality: 
psychoanalytic,  stimulus-response  (behavioristic),  and  phenomenological.  Prerequisite:  Psy- 
chology 10. 

30  SOCIAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  examination  of  behavior  in  social  contexts  including  motivation,  preception,  group  processes 
and  leadership,  attitudes,  and  methods  of  research.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10. 

31  DEVELOPMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  early  human  growth  and  development.  Prerequisite:  Psychology 
10. 

32  ADOLESCENT  PSYCHOLOGY 

The  study  areas  will  include  theories  of  adolescence;  current  issues  raised  by  as  well  as  about 
the  "generation  of  youth";  research  findings  bearing  on  theories  and  issues  of  growth  beyond 
childhood;  and  self-exploration.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10. 

33  PHYSIOLOGICAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  physiological  psychologist's  method  of  approach  to  the  understanding  of 
behavior  as  well  as  the  set  of  principles  that  relate  the  function  and  organization  of  the  nervous 
system  to  the  phenomena  of  behavior.  The  course  emphasis  is  on  the  relationship  between  brain 
function  and  the  physiological  bases  of  learning,  perception,  and  motivation.  Laboratory 
experience  includes  both  behavioral  testing  and  basic  small-animal  neurosurgical  technique  as 
well  as  histological  methodology.  Prerequistie:  Psychology  20  or  Biology  23,  and  Mathematics 
13. 

34  PRINCIPLES  OF  MEASUREMENT 

Psychometric  method  and  theory,  including  scale  transformation,  norms,  standardization, 
validation  procedures  and  estimation  of  reliability.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10,  Mathematics  13. 

35  HISTORY  AND  SYSTEMS  OF  PSYCHOLOGY 

The  growth  of  scientific  psychology  and  the  theories  and  systems  that  have  accompanied  its 
development.  Prerequisite:  4  courses  in  Psychology. 

37  COGNITION 

An  investigation  of  human  mental  processes  along  the  two  major  dimensions  of  directed  and 
undirected  thought.  Topic  areas  include:  recognition,  attention,  conceptualization,  problem- 
solving,  fantasy,  language,  dreaming,  and  creativity.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10. 

38  EDUCATIONAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  empirical  study  of  the  teaching-learning  process.  Areas  considered  may 
include  educational  objectives,  pupil  and  teacher  characteristics,  concept  learning,  problem 
solving  and  creativity,  attitudes  and  values,  motivation,  retention  and  transfer,  and  evaluation  and 
measurement.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

40     ADVANCED  EXPERIMENTAL  DESIGN 

Consideration  of  a  variety  of  designs  currently  used  in  Psychology  with  emphasis  on  the 
appropriate  statistical  analyses.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  20  and  21. 


102 /PSYCHOLOGY 


48-49     PRACTICUM  IN  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  off-campus  involvement  in  the  application  of  psychological  skills  and  principles  in  institutional 
settings.  The  experience  includes  training  in  behavior  modification  and  traditional  counseling 
techniques  as  applied  in  prisons,  mental  health  centers,  and  schools  for  the  mentally  retarded. 
Classroom  training  focuses  on  various  therapeutic  techniques  and  on  the  student's  understand- 
ing of  himself  in  the  counselor  role.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 


RELIGION 


Professor:  Guerra  (Chairman),  Rhodes 
Assistant  Professors:  Hughes,  Neufer 


A  major  consists  of  ten  courses  including  10,  13,  and  14.  At  least  seven 
courses  must  be  taken  in  the  department.  The  following  courses  may  be 
counted  toward  fulfilling  the  major  requirements:  Greek  1 1  and  12,  Hebrew  1 1 
and  12,  History  41  and  48,  Philosophy  25,  and  Sociology  33. 

10     PERSPECTIVES  ON  RELIGION 

An  exploration  of  religious  responses  to  ultimate  problems  of  human  existence.  Through 
discussion  of  selections  by  Protestant,  Catholic,  Jewish,  and  humanist  writers,  students  are 
encouraged  to  grapple  with  such  questions  as  the  nature  and  language  of  religion,  the  existence 
and  knowledge  of  God,  the  inter-play  of  religion  and  culture,  and  the  religious  analysis  of  the 
human  predicament. 

13  OLD  TESTAMENT  FAITH  AND  HISTORY 

A  critical  examination  of  the  literature  within  its  historical  setting  and  in  the  light  of  archeological 
findings  to  show  the  faith  and  religious  life  of  the  Hebrew-Jewish  community  in  the  biblical  period, 
and  an  introduction  to  the  history  of  interpretation  with  an  emphasis  on  contemporary  Old 
Testament  criticism  and  theology. 

14  NEW  TESTAMENT  FAITH  AND  HISTORY 

A  critical  examination  of  the  literature  within  its  historical  setting  to  show  the  faith  and  religious 
life  of  the  Christian  community  in  the  biblical  period,  and  an  introduction  to  the  history  of 
interpretation  with  an  emphasis  on  contemporary  New  Testament  criticism  and  theology. 

20  GOD  AND  MAN  IN  WESTERN  CULTURE  I 

An  inquiry  into  the  changing  images  of  God  and  man  in  Western  Culture,  as  these  have  been 
influenced  by  various  religious  traditions,  particularity  the  Christian.  The  course  will  deal  with 
leading  men  and  motifs  from  St.  Paul  through  the  Reformation,  and  up  to  Eighteenth  Century 
Deism. 

21  GOD  AND  MAN  IN  WESTERN  CULTURE  II 

A  continuation  of  Religion  20,  beginning  with  the  attempts  of  Schleiermacher  and  Hegel  to  re- 
integrate religion  and  culture,  tracing  the  subsequent  process  through  Niebuhr  and  Tillich  to  the 
present  "Post-Liberal"  period. 

23  RELIGIONS  OF  THE  WORLD:  AFRICAN  RELIGIONS 

Primitive  man's  beliefs  about  himself,  his  gods,  his  oneness  with  the  land  and  his  fellow  animals, 
and  his  feelings  about  community  will  be  investigated. 

24  RELIGIONS  OF  THE  WORLD:  ISLAM  AND  JUDAISM 

Major  emphasis  upon  tradition  and  contemporary  forms  of  Islam  and  Judaism,  their  growth  and 
development  investigating  their  current  status  and  their  major  problems  in  the  Middle  East,  Africa, 
Asia,  and  the  United  States. 

25  RELIGIONS  OF  THE  WORLD:  ORIENTAL  RELIGION 

A  phenomenology  of  the  formative  forces  and  concepts  of  Indian,  Chinese,  and  Japanese 
religions:  special  attention  devoted  to  social  and  political  relations,  mythical  and  aesthetic  forms. 
East  and  West  encounter. 

28     HISTORY  AND  CULTURE  OF  THE  ANCIENT  NEAR  EAST 

A  study  of  the  history  and  culture  of  Mesopotamia,  Anatolia,  Syria-Palestine,  and  Egypt  from  the 
rise  of  Sumerian  culture  to  Alexander  the  Great.  Careful  attention  will  be  given  to  the  role  of  religion 
in  the  culture  of  the  ancient  Near  East,  with  special  reference  to  archeological  findings 

703 


104 /RELIGION 


30  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  RELIGION 

A  study  of  the  broad  insights  of  psychology  in  relation  to  the  phenomena  of  religion  and  religious 
behavior.  The  course  concentrates  on  religious  experience  or  manifestations  rather  than  on 
concepts.  Tentative  solutions  will  be  sought  to  questions  such  as:  What  does  it  feel  like  to  be 
religious  or  to  have  a  religious  experience9  What  is  the  religious  function  in  human  development? 
How  does  one  think  psychologically  about  theological  problems? 

31  CHRISTIAN  SOCIAL  ETHICS 

An  unfolding  of  ethics  as  horizon,  engagement,  destiny;  and  interdisciplinary  theoretical  study 
closely  related  to  the  practical  problems  of  violence  and  power,  racism  and  revolution, 
assassination  and  authority. 

32  CONTEMPORARY  PROBLEMS  IN  CHRISTIAN  SOCIAL  ETHICS 

An  examination  of  the  approach  of  religion  and  other  disciplines  to  an  issue  of  current  concern; 
prospective  topics  include  the  ethics  of  violence,  the  social  thought  of  Jacques  Ellul,  and  the 
ethics  of  genetic  control.  The  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

33  ROMAN  CATHOLIC  THOUGHT 

The  development  of  Thomism,  Neo-Thomism,  and  Transcendental  Thomism;  limited  attention 
given  to  pastoral  and  ecclesiological  issues  in  the  post-conciliar  era  after  Vatican  II. 

37     BIBLICAL  TOPICS 

An  in-depth  study  of  Biblical  topics  related  both  to  the  Old  Testament  and  the  New  Testament. 
Topics  include  prophecy,  wisdom,  literature,  the  Dead  Sea  Scrolls,  the  teachings  of  Jesus, 
Pauline  theology,  Judasim  and  Christian  origins,  redaction  criticism  —  the  way  the  Synoptic 
Gospels  and  John  give  final  form  to  their  message.  Course  will  vary  from  year  to  year  and  may 
be  taken  for  credit  a  second  time  if  the  topic  is  different  from  one  previously  studied. 

41  CONTEMPORARY  RELIGIOUS  ISSUES 

A  study  of  the  theological  significance  of  some  contemporary  intellectual  developments  in 
western  culture.  The  content  of  this  course  will  vary  from  year  to  year.  Subjects  studied  in  recent 
years  include  the  following:  the  theological  significance  of  Freud,  Marx,  and  Nietzche;  Christianity 
and  existentialism;  theology  and  depth  psychology;  and  the  religious  dimension  of  contemporary 
literature. 

42  THE  NATURE  AND  MISSION  OF  THE  CHURCH 

A  study  of  the  nature  of  the  church  and  its  mission  in  contemporary  society  including  an  analysis 
of  the  role  of  the  church  and  an  examination  of  ways  of  renewal. 

43  THE  EDUCATIONAL  MINISTRY  OF  THE  CHURCH 

A  study  of  religious  education  as  a  function  of  the  church  with  special  attention  given  to  the  nature 
and  objectives  of  Christian  education,  methods  of  teaching  religion,  and  the  relations  between 
faith  and  learning. 

46     PALESTINIAN  ARCHEOLOGY 

A  study  of  basic  archeological  method  in  addition  to  representative  excavations  and  artifacts  from 
the  various  historical  eras  as  are  found  in  Palestine  and  its  environs. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 


Professor:  McCrary  (Chairman) 
Assistant  Professors:  Arroyo,  Wilk 
Instructors:  Rux,  Strauser 

A  major  consists  of  Sociology  10,  14,  44,  47,  and  four  other  courses,  which 
may  include  Religion  46. 

10     INTRODUCTION  TO  SOCIOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  problems,  concepts,  and  methods  In  sociology  today,  including  analysis 
of  stratification,  organization  of  groups  and  Institutions,  social  movements,  and  deviants  in  social 
structure. 

14     INTRODUCTION  TO  ANTHROPOLOGY 

Prehistoric  and  primitive  peoples  and  cultures;  primitive  customs  and  institutions  compared  with 
those  of  modern  man. 

20     MARRIAGE  AND  THE  FAMILY 

The  history,  structure,  and  functions  of  modern  American  family  life,  emphasizing  dating, 
courtship,  factors  in  marital  adjustment,  and  the  changing  status  of  family  members.  Prerequisite: 
Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

22     FOLK  SOCIETY 

Comparative  study  of  several  folk  societies,  with  emphasis  upon  the  Pennsylvania  Amish;  folk 
culture  contrasted  with  urban-industrial  civilization. 

24     RURAL  AND  URBAN  COMMUNITIES 

The  concept  of  community  is  treated  as  it  operates  and  affects  individual  and  group  behavior  in 
rural,  suburban,  and  urban  settings.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  characteristic  institutions  and 
problems  of  modern  city  life.  Prerequisite  Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

26     SOCIAL  MOVEMENTS 

An  analysis  of  the  dynamics,  structure,  and  reaction  to  social  movements  with  focus  on 
contemporary  social  movements.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

30     CRIMINOLOGY 

The  nature,  genesis,  and  organization  of  criminal  behavior  are  examined  from  both  group  and 
individual  viewpoints.  Juvenile  delinquency  and  the  treatment  of  crime  are  presented.  Prere- 
quisite: Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

32  INSTITUTIONS 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  sociological  concept  of  social  institution,  the  types  of  social 
institutions  to  be  found  in  all  societies,  and  the  interrelationships  between  the  social  institutions 
within  a  society.  The  course  is  divided  into  two  basic  parts:  1 .  That  aspect  which  deals  with  the 
systematic  organization  of  society  in  general,  and  2.  The  concentration  on  a  particular  social 
instituion:  economic,  political,  educational,  and  social  welfare.  Prerequisite  Sociology  10  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

33  SOCIOLOGY  OF  RELIGION 

An  examination  of  the  major  theories  of  the  relationship  of  religion  to  society,  and  a  survey  of 
sociological  studies  of  religious  behavior.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

34  RACIAL  AND  CULTURAL  MINORITIES 

A  study  of  the  adjustments  of  minority  racial,  cultural,  and  national  groups  in  modern  America. 
Attention  is  also  given  to  minority  problems  within  their  world  setting.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10 
or  consent  of  instructor. 


35     CULTURAL  ANTHROPOLOGY 


Primitive  and  peasant  economy,  society,  government,  religion,  and  art,  the  social  and  cultural 
backgrounds  of  personality  development.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  14  or  consent  of  intructor. 


105 


106 /SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 


37     ANTHROPOLOGY  OF  NORTH  AMERICA 

Ethnographic  survey  of  native  North  American  Eskimo  and  Indian  cultures,  with  attention  to 
changes  in  native  liteways  due  to  European  contacts  Prerequisite:  Sociology  14  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

41     SOCIAL  STRATIFICATION 

An  analysis  of  the  nature  of  stratification  systems,  with  special  reference  to  American  social 
structure.  Prerequiste:  Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor 

43  DEVIANT  BEHAVIOR 

An  inquiry  into  the  various  types  of  deviant  behavior,  that  will  vary  each  semester,  covering  such 
topics  as:  alcoholism,  mental  illness,  gambling,  and  narcotics.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

44  SOCIAL  THEORY 

The  history  of  the  development  of  sociological  thought  from  its  earliest  philosophical  beginnings 
is  treated  through  discussions  and  reports.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  sociological  thought  since 
the  time  of  Comte.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

45  ETHNOLOGICAL  THEORY 

Theories  concerning  man  and  his  culture,  with  emphasis  on  interpretations  since  1850. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  14  and  consent  of  instructor. 

47     RESEARCH  METHODS  IN  SOCIOLOGY 

Study  of  the  research  process  in  sociology,  including  formation  of  research  design  (theory, 
methodology,  and  techniques),  and  practical  application  in  the  investigation  of  a  research 
problem  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  13  and  Sociology  10  and  consent  of  instructor. 

48-49     PRACTICUM  IN  SOCIOLOGY 

Introduces  the  student  to  a  practical  work  experience  involving  community  agencies  in  order  to 
effect  a  synthesis  of  the  student's  academic  course  work  and  its  practical  applications  in  a 
community  agency  Specifics  of  the  course  to  be  worked  out  in  conjunction  with  department, 
student,  and  agency.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 


THEATRE 

Professor:  Falk  (Chairman) 

Instructor:  Dartt 

Part-Time  Instructor:  Zaviska 

The  major  consists  of  eight  courses,  except  Theatre  1 ,  with  a  concentration 
in  Acting,  Directing,  or  Design.  The  Fine  Arts  reguirement  may  be  satisfied  by 
selecting  any  two  courses,  except  Theatre  1.  In  addition  to  the  departmental 
reguirements,  majors  are  urged  to  include  courses  in  Art,  Music,  Psychology, 
and  English. 

1      FUNDAMENTALS  OF  SPEECH 

The  dynamics  of  oral  communication.  The  development  of  elementary  principles  of  simple  oral 
communication  through  lectures,  prepared  assignments  in  speaking,  and  informal  class 
exercises.  Utilizes  video  tape  sequences  for  "instant  feedback"  to  students. 

10  INTRODUCTION  TO  THEATRE 

Designed  as  a  comprehensive  introduction  the  the  aesthetics  of  theatre.  From  the  spectator's 
point  of  view,  the  nature  of  theatre  will  be  explored  including  dramatic  literature  and  the  integrated 
functioning  of  acting,  directing,  and  all  production  aspects. 

11  INTRODUCTION  TO  FILM 

A  basic  course  in  understanding  the  film  medium.  The  class  will  investigate  film  technique  through 
lectures  and  by  viewing  regular  weekly  films  chosen  from  classic,  contemporary,  and  experimen- 
tal short  films. 

12  HISTORY  OF  THEATRE  I 

A  detailed  study  of  the  development  of  theatre  from  the  Greeks  to  the  early  realistic  period. 
Alternate  years. 

13  HISTORY  OF  THEATRE  II 

The  history  of  the  theatre  from  1860.  Alternate  years. 

14  ORAL  INTERPRETATION  OF  LITERATURE 

The  fundamental  principles  and  methods  of  oral  reading  and  the  interpretation  of  literature  are 
introduced.  Materials  will  be  chosen  from  poetry,  prose,  the  novel,  and  drama.  Alternate  years. 

15  PLAYWRITING  AND  DRAMATIC  CRITICISM 

An  investigation  of  the  techniques  of  playwriting  with  an  emphasis  on  creative  writing,  culminating 
in  a  written  one-act  play,  plus  an  historical  survey  of  dramatic  criticism  from  Aristotle  to  the  present, 
with  emphasis  upon  developing  the  student's  ability  to  write  reviews  and  criticism  of  theatrical 
productions  and  films.  Alternate  years. 

18     PLAY  PRODUCTION  FOR  COMMUNITY  AND  SECONDARY  SCHOOLS 

Stagecraft  and  the  various  other  aspects  of  play  production  are  introduced.  Through  material 
presented  in  the  course  and  laboratory  work  on  the  Arena  Theatre  stage,  the  student  will  acquire 
experience  to  produce  theatrical  scenery  for  community  and  secondary  school  theatre. 

20     CREATIVE  DRAMA  FOR  CHILDREN 

Designed  especially  for  those  intending  to  be  teachers,  this  course  explores  the  dramatic 
possibilities  of  creative  playmaking  for  children  on  all  grade  levels.  Special  emphasis  is  placed 
on  story  telling,  dramatization,  pantomime,  and  dramatic  play. 

24     INTRODUCTION  TO  ACTING 

An  introductory  study  of  the  actor's  preparation,  with  emphasis  on  developing  the  actor's  creative 
imagination  through  improvisations  and  scene  study. 

26     INTRODUCTION  TO  DIRECTING 

An  introductory  study  of  the  function  of  the  director  in  preparation,  rehearsal,  and  performance. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  the  student's  ability  to  analyze  scripts  and  on  the  development 
of  the  student's  imagination. 


107 


108  /THEATRE 


28  INTRODUCTION  TO  SCENE  DESIGN  AND  STAGECRAFT 

An  introduction  to  the  theatre  with  an  emphasis  on  stagecraft.  The  productions  each  semester 
serve  as  the  laboratory  to  provide  the  practical  experience  necessary  to  understand  the  material 
presented  in  the  classroom. 

29  MARIONETTE  PRODUCTION 

Introduces  the  construction,  costuming,  and  performing  of  a  play  through  the  medium  of  string 
puppets.  Alternate  years. 

31     ADVANCED  TECHNIQUES  OF  PLAY  PRODUCTION 

A  detailed  consideration  of  the  interrelated  problems  and  techniques  of  play  analysis,  production 
styles,  and  design.  Offered  summer  only. 

34  INTERMEDIATE  STUDIO:  ACTING 

Instruction  and  practice  in  character  analysis  and  projection,  with  emphasis  on  vocal  and  body 
techniques. 

35  THEORIES  OF  THE  MODERN  THEATRE 

An  advanced  course  exploring  the  philosophical  roots  of  the  modern  theatre  from  the  birth  of 
realism  to  the  present,  and  the  influences  on  modern  theatre  practice.  Selected  readings  from 
Neitzsche,  Marx,  Jung,  Freud,  Whitehead,  Kierkegaard,  Sarte,  Camus,  as  well  as  Antoine, 
Copeau,  Stanislavski,  Shaw,  Meyerhold,  Artaud,  Brecht,  Brook,  Grotowski.  Alternate  years. 

36  INTERMEDIATE  STUDIO:  DIRECTING 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  student's  ability  to  function  in  preparation  and  rehearsal.  Practical 
experience  involves  the  directing  of  scenes  from  contemporary  theatre. 

38     INTERMEDIATE  STUDIO:  SCENE  AND  LIGHTING  DESIGN 

The  theory  of  stage  and  lighting  design  with  emphasis  on  their  practical  application  to  the  theatre. 

40     MASTERS  OF  WORLD  DRAMA 

An  intensive  and  detailed  analysis  of  the  plays,  and  related  works,  including  criticism  of  great 
authors,  that  have  shaped  world  theatre.  Authors  to  be  selected  on  the  basis  of  interest  of  students 
and  faculty.  At  times,  more  than  one  author  will  be  treated  in  a  term.  Ibsen,  Brecht,  Moliere, 
Williams,  Albee.  Alternate  years.  May  be  accepted  toward  English  major  with  consent  of  English 
Department. 

44     ADVANCED  STUDIO:  ACTING 

Preparation  of  monologues  and  two-character  scenes.  Contemporary  and  classical.  The  student 
will  appear  in  major  campus  productions. 

46     ADVANCED  STUDIO:  DIRECTING 

Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  student's  ability  to  produce  a  major  three-act  play  from  the  script 
to  the  stage  for  public  performance 

48  ADVANCED  STUDIO:  DESIGN 

Independent  work  in  conceptual  and  practical  design.  The  student  will  design  one  full  production 
as  his  major  project. 

49  ADVANCED  STUDIO:  PROPERTIES  AND  COSTUME  DESIGN 

The  theory  of  stage  costume  and  property  design  and  its  practical  application  to  the  theatre. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 


J^Epffi 


COLLEGE  PERSONNEL 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

OFFICERS 

Fred  A.  Pennington Chairman 

W.  Gibbs  McKenney,  Jr Vice-Chairman 

Paul  G.  Gilmore Secretary 

Kenneth  E.  Himes Treasurer 

HONORARY  TRUSTEES 

John  G.  Detwiler Delray  Beach,  FL 

Bishop  Hermann  W.  Kaebnick,  D.D.,  L.H.D.,  LL.D Hershey 

Ralph  E.  Kelchner Jersey  Shore 

Arnold  A.  Phipps,  II Williamsport 

George  L.  Stearns,  II Williamsport 

The  Rev.  L.  Elbert  Wilson Orlando,  FL 

TRUSTEES 

Term  Expires  1975 

Elected 

1969  Richard  R.  Cramer,  D.D.S Hershey 

1973  Guy  M.  Davies Lancaster 

1969  Samuel  H.  Evert Bloomsburg 

1972  The  Rev.  Brian  A.  Fetterman Harrisburg 

1965  Walter  J.  Heim Montoursville 

1969  Kenneth  E.  Himes Williamsport 

1970  Woodrow  A.  Knight Williamsport 

1972  John  W.  Lundy Williamsport 

1969  Mrs.  Donald  G.  Remley Williamsport 

1972  Harold  H.  Shreckengast,  Jr Jenkintown 

(Alumni  Representative) 
1967  The  Rev.  Donald  H.  Treese Carlisle 


109 


110/ BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Term  Expires  1976 

Elected 

1974  John  T.  Detwiler Williamsport 

1948  Frank  L.  Dunham Wellsboro 

1970  Walter  T.  Dunston,  D.D.S Philadelphia 

1951  Paul  G.  Gilmore Williamsport 

1973  Robert  G.  Little  M.D Harrisburg 

(Alumni  Representative) 

1964  W.  Gibbs  McKenney,  Jr Baltimore,  MD 

1973  G.  Jackson  Miller Altoona 

1972  The  Rev.  Paul  E.  Myers, D.D Hershey 

1958  Fred  A  Pennington Mechanicsburg 

1961  The  Rev.  Wallace  F.  Stettler,  HH.D Kingston 

1970  William  E.  Strasburg,  Litt.  D Gwynedd  Valley 

Term  Expires  1977 

Elected 

1974  J.  Robert  Fahnestock Williamsport 

1974  Daniel  G.  Fultz Aurora,  NY 

(Alumni  Representative) 
1974  Mrs.  Fred  S.  Gorman York 

1965  James  G.  Law Bloomsburg 

1971  The  Rev.  Harvey  W.  Marsland Allentown 

1970  John  E.  Person,  Jr Williamsport 

1965  Hon.  Herman  T.  Schneebeli Williamsport 

1972  Donald  E.  Shearer,  M.D Montoursville 

1961  Nathan  W.  Stuart Williamsport 

1971  Willis  W.  Willard,  III,  M.D Hershey 

1958  W.  Russell  Zacharias Allentown 


EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE 

Walter  J.  Heim,  Chairman 


Richard  R.  Cramer 

Guy  M.  Davies 

John  T.  Detwiler 

Frank  L.  Dunham 

Samuel  H.  Evert 

The  Rev.  Brian  A.  Fetterman 

Paul  G.  Gilmore 


Woodrow  A.  Knight 
W.  Gibbs  McKenney,  Jr. 
John  E.  Person,  Jr. 
Mrs.  Donald  G.  Remley 
William  E.  Strasburg 
Nathan  W.  Stuart 
W.  Russell  Zacharias 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 


HAROLD  H.  HUTSON  (1969) President 

B.A.,  L.L.D.,  Wofford  College;  B.D.,  Duke  University;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Chicago;  L.H.D.,  Ohio  Wesley  an 
JAMES  R.  JOSE  (1970) Dean  of  the  College 

B.A.,  Mount  Union  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  The  American  University 
KENNETH  E.  HIMES  (1948) Treasurer 

B.S.,  Drexel  University;  G.S.B.,  Rutgers  University 
OLIVER  E.  HARRIS  (1956) Director  of  Development 

A.B.,  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
R.  ANDREW  LADY  (1957) Assistant  to  the  President 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College;  M.S.,  D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
JACK  C.  BUCKLE  (1957) Dean  of  Student  Services 

A.B.,  Juniata  College;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University 
KATHRYN  K.  BROOKS  (1974) Assistant  Dean  of  Student  Services 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  University 
WILLIAM  L.  BAKER  (1965) Business  Manager 

B.S.  Lycoming  College  and  Student  Aid  Director 

ANTHONY  L.  GRILLO  (1969) Librarian 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.S.  in  L.S.,  Villanova  University 
FRANK  J.  KAMUS  (1963) Director  of  Admissions 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  College 
ROBERT  J.  GLUNK  (1965) Registrar  and  Assistant  to  the  Dean 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College;  M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
DAVID  G.  BUSEY  (1954) Director  of  Athletics 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
CLARENCE  W.  BURCH  (1962) Associate  Director  of  Athletics 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
DALE  V.  BOWER  (1968) Director  of  Alumni  Affairs 

B.S.,  Lycoming  College;  B.D.,  United  Theological  Seminary 
BRUCE  L.  SWANGER  (1968) Director  of  Public  Relations 

A.B.,  Bucknell  University 
ROBERT  L.  CURRY,  JR.  (1972) Assistant  in  Athletics 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College 
THOMAS  C.  DEVLIN  (1971) Associate  Dean  of  Student  Services 

B.A.,   State   University  of  New   York,    Geneseo; 

M.A.,    Bowling   Green  University 
DOUGLAS  J.  KEIPER  (1970) Associate  Dean  of  Student  Services 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College;  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
TONY  K.  SCHEPIS  (1971) Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College 
GRETCHEN  S.  MARKS Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

B.S.,  Simpson  College 
R.  ALBION  SMITH  (1971) Associate  Dean  of  Student  Services 

B.S.,  Springfield  College;  M.S.S.,  Syracuse  University 
PATRICIA  A.  STALGAITIS  (1974) Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College 


111 


FACULTY 

EMERITI 

MABEL  K.  BAUER Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry 

B.S. .Cornell  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
ARNOLD  J.  CURRIER Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  Colgate  University;  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University; 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
LEROY  F.  DERR Professor  Emeritus  of  Education 

A.B.,   Ursinus  College;  M.A.,  Bucknell  University; 

Ed.D.,   University  of  Pittsburgh 
ROBERT  H.  EWING Professor  Emeritus  of  History 

A.B.,  College  of  Wooster;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan; 

HH.D.,  Lycoming  College 
W.  ARTHUR  FAUS Professor  Emeritus  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Dickinson  College;  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 
PHIL  G.  GILLETTE Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Spanish 

A.B.,  Ohio  University;  M.A.,  Columbia  University 

HAROLD  W.  HAYDEN Librarian  Emeritus 

and  Professor  Emeritus  of  Library  Services 

A.B.,  Nebraska  State  Teachers  College;  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois; 

M.A.  in  L.S.,  University  of  Michigan 
GEORGE  W.  HOWE Professor  Emeritus  of  Geology 

A.B.,  M.S.,  Syracuse  University;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
LORING  B.  PRIEST Professor  Emeritus  of  History 

LITT.B.,  Rutgers  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

DONALD  G.  REMLEY Assistant  Professor  Emeritus  of 

Mathematics  and  Physics 

A.B.,  Dickinson;  M.A.,  Columbia  University 
GEORGE  S.  SHORTESS Professor  Emeritus  of  Biology 

A.B.,  Johns  Hopkins  University;  M.A.,  Columbia  University; 

Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 
JOHN  A.  STUART Professor  Emeritus  of  English 

B.A.,  William  Jewell  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 
HELEN  B.  WEIDMAN Professor  Emeritus  of  Political  Science 

A.B.,  M. A., Bucknell  University;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 


COLLEGE  PERSONNEL  I  1 13 


PROFESSORS 

ROBERT  F.  FALK  (1970) Theatre 

B.A.,  B.D.,  Drew  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 
MORTON  A.  FINEMAN  (1966)*** Physics 

A.B.,  Indiana  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOHN  P.  GRAHAM  (1939) English  —  Mace  Bearer 

Ph.B.,  Dickinson  College;  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
EDUARDO  GUERRA  (1960) Religion 

B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University; 

S.T.M.,  Ph.D.,  Union  Theological  Seminary 

JOHN  G.  HOLLENBACK  (1952)** Business  Aministration 

Marshal  of  the  College 

B.S.,  M.B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
JAMES  K.  HUMMER  (1962) Chemistry 

B.N.S.,  Tufts  University;  M.S.  Middlebury  College; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
JAMES  R.  JOSE  (1970) Political  Science  —  Dean  of  the  College 

B.A.,  Mount  Union  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  American  University 
JACK  S.  McCRARY  (1969) Sociology  and  Anthropology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Washington  University 
WALTER  G.  MclVER  (1946) Music 

Mus.  B.,  Westminster  Choir  College;  A.B.,  Bucknell  University; 

M.A.,  New  York  University 
GLEN  E.  MORGAN  (1961) Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 
ROBERT  W.  RABOLD  (1955) Economics 

B.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University; 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
JOHN  A.  RADSPINNER  (1957) Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Richmond;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute; 

D.Sc,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 
O.  THOMPSON  RHODES  (1961) Religion 

B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati;  B.D.,  Ph.D.,  Drew  University 
LOGAN  A.  RICHMOND  (1954) Accounting 

B.S.,  Lycoming  College;  M.B.A.,  New  York  University; 

C.P.A.  (Pennsylvania) 
FRANCES  KNIGHTS  SKEATH  (1947) Mathematics 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Bucknell  University;  D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 


"**On  Sabbatical  1974-75 

"On  Sabbatical  Spring  Semester  1974-75. 


7  74/  COLLEGE  PERSONNEL 


ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

BERNARD  P.  FLAM  (1963) Spanish 

A.B.,  New  York  University;  M.A.,  Harvard  University; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
CHARLES  L.  GETCHELL  (1967)* Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 
ERNEST  D.  GIGLIO  (1972) Political  Science 

B.A.,  Queens  College;  M.A.,  The  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany; 

Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 
DAN  D.  GUSTAFSON  (1971) English 

B.A.,  Amherst  College;  M.A.,  University  of  California; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 
JOHN  G.  HANCOCK  (1967) Psychology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Bucknell  University;  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
ALDEN  G.  KELLEY  (1966)** Biology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Iowa  State  University;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 
DAVID  J.  LOOMIS  (1967)* Psychology 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College;  M.S.,  Bucknell  University; 

Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 
GERTRUDE  B.  MADDEN  (1958) English 

A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.A.,  Bucknell  University 
ROBERT  J.  B.  MAPLES  (1969) French 

A.B.,  University  of  Rochester;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 
ROGER  W.  OPDAHL  (1963) Economics 

A.B.,  Hofstra  College;  M.A.,  Columbia  University; 

D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
JOHN  F.  PIPER,  JR.  (1969) History 

A.B.,  Lafayette  College;  B.D.,  Yale  University;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 
MARY  LANDON  RUSSELL  (1936) Music 

Mus.B.,  Susquehanna  University  Conservatory  of  Music; 

M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
LOUISE  R.  SCHAEFFER  (1949) Education 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College;  M.A.,  Bucknell  University; 

D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
JAMES  W.  SHEAFFER  (1949) Music 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
WILLY  SMITH  (1966) Physics 

B.S.E.,  The  University  of  the  Republic  (Uruguay); 

M.S.E.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

*On  Sabbatical  Fall  Semester  1974-75. 
**On  Sabbatical  Spring  Semester  1974-75 


COLLEGE  PERSONNEL  /  1 15 


ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

ROBERT  B.  ANGSTADT  (1967) Biology 

B.S.,  Ursinus  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
VIRGINIA  R.  ARROYO  (1970) Sociology 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Columbia  University 
MYRNA  A.  BARNES  (1959) Library  Services 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles;  M.S.  in  L.S.,  Drexel  University 
PATRICK  S.  BRADY History 

B.A.,  Stanford  University; 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Santa  Barbara 
WILLIAM  P.  BRITTAIN  (1972) Psychology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Wichita  State  University;  Ph.D.,  Texas  Christian  University 
CLARENCE  W.  BURCH  (1962) Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
VIOLA  L.  CATT  (1973) Psychology 

B.A.,  Indiana  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Denver 
JOHN  H.  CONRAD  (1959) Education 

B.S.,  Mansfield  State  College;  M.A.,  New  York  University 
JACK  D.  DIEHL,  JR.  (1971) Biology 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Sam  Houston  State  College; 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 
LYDIA  A.  DUFOUR  (1970) Spanish 

B.A.,  Newcomb  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 
RICHARD  W.  FELDMANN  (1965) Mathematics 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Buffalo 
F.  CATHARINE  FISHER  (1968) Library  Services 

B.A.,  Susguehanna  University 
WILLIAM  D.  FORD  (1972) English 

B.A.,  Occidental  College;  M.A.,  M.F.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 
DAVID  A  FRANZ  (1970) Chemistry 

B.A.,  Princeton;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
WENRICH  H.  GREEN  (1968) Biology 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College;  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
STEPHEN  R.  GRIFFITH  (1970) Philosophy 

A.B.,  Cornell  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
ANTHONY  L.  GRILLO  (1969) Library  Services— Librarian 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.S.  in  L.S.,  Villanova  University 
THOMAS  J.  HENNINGER  (1966) Mathematics 

B.S,  Wake  Forest  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Kansas 
OWEN  F.  HERRING  (1965) Philosophy 

B.A.,  Wake  Forest  College 
OCTAVIA  HUGHES  (1971)$ Art 

B.A.,  Radcliffe  College;  M.A.,  Columbia  University 
RICHARD  A.  HUGHES  (1970) Religion 

B.A.,  Indiana  Central  College;  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 
M.  RAYMOND  JAMISON  (1962) Physics  and  Education 

B.S.,  Ursinus  College;  M.S.,  Bucknell  University 
EMILY  R.  JENSEN  (1969) English 

B.A.,  Jamestown  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Denver; 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

$On  Leave  of  Absence  Fall  Semester  1974-75. 


116 /COLLEGE  PERSONNEL 


FORREST  E.  KEESBURY  (1970) Education 

B.S.,  Defiance  College;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University; 

D.Ed.,  Lehigh  University 
ELIZABETH  H.  KING  (1956) Business  Administration 

B.S.,  Geneva  College;  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
ROBERT  H.  LARSON  (1969) History 

B.A.,  The  Citadel;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
OWEN  J.  MAHON  (1973) Accounting 

B.S.,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
PAUL  A.  MacKENZIE  (1970) German 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 
LYNDON  J.  MAYERS  (1970) Biology 

B.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maine 
L.  PAUL  NEUFER  (1960) Religion 

A.B.,  Dickinson  College;  S.T.B.,  S.T.M.,  Boston  University 
RICHARD  M.  O'BRIEN  (1971) Psychology 

A.B.,  Franklin  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
NELSON  PHILLIPS  (1959) Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Springfield  College 
RANDY  M.  RASSOUL  (1972) French 

B.A.,  University  of  Toledo;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan 
DAVID  J.  RIFE  (1970) English 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 
MICHAEL  G.  ROSKIN  (1972) Political  Science 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Berkley;  M.A.,  University  of  California  at  Los 
Angeles; 

Ph.D.,  American  University 
KENNETH  R.  SAUSMAN  (1969)Ht Mathematics 

A.B.,  Susquehanna  University;  M.S.,  Miami  University,  Ohio 
DAVID  E.  SAWYER  (1970) English 

B.A.,  St.  Olaf  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 
K.  BRUCE  SHERBINE  (1969) Biology 

A.B.,  Gettysburg  College;  M.S.,  Temple  University; 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
ROGER  D.  SHIPLEY  (1967) Art 

B.A.,  Otterbein  College;  M.F.A.,  Cranbrook  Academy  of  Art 
SALLY  F.  VARGO  (1953) Physical  Education 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.S.,  Bucknell  University 

H.  BRUCE  WEAVER Business  Administration 

CHARLES  E.  WEYANT  (1971) Library  Services 

B.A.,  American  University;  M.S.,  Simmons  College 
JOHN  M.  WHELAN,  JR.  (1971) Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 
BUDD  F.  WHITEHILL  (1957) Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  College;  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
STANLEY  T.  WILK  (1973) Anthropology 

B.A.,  Hunter  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
LEO  K.  WINSTON  (1964) Russian 

B.A.,  Sir  George  Williams  University;  M.A.,  Universite  de  Montreal 
ROBERT  A  ZACCARIA  (1973) Biology 

B.A.,  Bridgewater  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
tit  On  Leave  of  Absence  1974-75. 


COLLEGE  PERSONNEL  1 117 


INSTRUCTORS 

MAX  E.  AMEIGH  (1969) Art 

B.S.,  Lycoming  College;  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
WILLIAM  N.  BRENT Chemistry 

B.S.,  Purdue  University 
GARY  DARTT(1969) Theatre 

B.S.,  Augustana  College 
DIANNE  F.HERMAN Political  Science 

B.A.,  University  of  California  at  Berkley; 

M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
ROBERT  L.  LAMBERT  (1969) Mathematics 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College;  M.A.,  Bucknell  University 
JULIA  M.  RUX  (1970)tt Sociology 

B.A.,  Hanover  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
LARRY  R.  STRAUSER  (1973) Sociology 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College;  M.P.A.,  University  of  Arizona 

LECTURER 

DON  M.  LARRABEE  II  (1972) Lecturer  in  Law 

A.B.,  Franklin  and  Marshall;  LL.B.,  Fordham  University 

TEACHING  FELLOW 

RICHARD  R.  ERICKSON  (1973) Physics 

B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 


PART-TIME  INSTRUCTORS 

RUTH  ARMANTROUT  (1974) English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa 
KATHERINE  L.  FETTER  (1963) Art 

B.S.,  Kutztown  State  College 
JEAN  HORN  (1971) Mathematics 

B.A.,  Elmira  College;  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
DOUGLAS  R.  MACBETH  (1972) Education 

B.S.,  Cornell  University;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University, 

D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
MARTINE  PICOT  (1973) French 

D.U.E.L.,  University  of  Lyon,  France 
FLORENCE  PUTTERMAN  (1972) Art 

B.S.,  New  York  University;  M.F.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
TERRY  WILD  (1972) Art 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College;  B.F.A.,  Art  Center  of  Design 
JOSEPH  ZAVISKA  (1972) Theatre 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  YOrk  at  Buffalo 

tiOn  Leave  of  Absence  Spring  Semester  1974-75. 


1 18 1  COLLEGE  PERSONNEL 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ASSISTANTS 

LOUISE  S.  BANKS Secretary  to  the  Librarian 

BETTY  S.  BECK Bookstore  Assistant 

EMILY  C.  BIICHLE Secretary  to  the  Treasurer 

RUSSELL  A.  BLOODGOOD Manager  of  Food  Service 

PAULINE  M.  BRUNGARD Student  Loan  Coordinator 

B.S.,  Lycoming  College 

SHIRLEY  M.  CAMPBELL Assistant  in  Treasurer's  Office 

ELIZABETH  G.  COWLES Career  Development  Secretary 

MARGARET  A.  DEWAR Secretary  in  Admissions  Office 

ROBERT  L.  EDDINGER Director  of  Buildings  and  Grounds 

JUNE  L.  EVANS Secretary  in  Education  Office 

S.  JEAN  GAIR Faculty  Secretary 

ANNE  S.  GIBBON Faculty  Secretary 

KITTY  S.  GLOSSER Secretary  in  Admissions  Office 

ESTHER  GOOD Supervisor  of  Housekeeping 

VICTORIA  A.  HAYES Secretary  in  Computer  Center 

RALPH  W.  HELLAN Computer  Operations  Programmer 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College 

HELEN  C.  HELLER Secretary  to  the  Registrar 

ISABEL  G.  HESS Library  Assistant 

PHYLLIS  M.  HOLMES Secretary  to  the  President 

DEE  A.  HORN Secretary  in  Student  Aid  Office 

M.  OLA  HOUSEKNECHT Library  Assistant 

NAOMI  E.  KEPNER Switchboard  Operator 

AUDREY  A.  LIBBY Library  Assistant 

EDITH  LIPFERT Library  Assistant 

VIVIAN  MEIKRANTZ Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  the  College 

ALICE  B.  MONTIS Secretary  to  Director  of  Alumni  Affairs 

ANDREW  H.  MOYER Coordinator  of  Computer  Services 

MARILYN  MULLINGS Faculty  Secretary 

PHYLLIS  B.  MYERS Secretary  in  Registrar's  Office 

MARION  R.  NYMAN Cashier-Bookkeeper 

BETTY  J.  PARIS Secretary  to  Director  of  Development 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College 

MARIAN  L.  RUBENDALL Secretary  to  Dean  of  Student  Services 

SHARON  M.  SCARFO Secretary  to  Athletic  Director 

PATRICIA  J.  SMITH Secretary  to  Buildings  and  Grounds  Director 

YVONNE  G.  SMITH Faculty  Secretary 

DOROTHY  J.  STREETER Bookstore  Manager 

BETTY  JUNE  SWANGER Accountant  and  Office  Manager 

RHELDA  M.  UMPSTEAD Bulk  Mailing  Coordinator 

VIRGINIA  M.  VAN  HORN Library  Assistant 

HELEN  I.  VINCENT Library  Assistant 

JUNE  WAGNER Faculty  Secretary 

MARGARET  WISE Secretary  in  Admissions  Office 


COLLEGE  PERSONNAL/119 


MEDICAL  STAFF 

FREDERIC  C.  LECHNER,  M.D College  Physician 

B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College;  M.D.,  Jefferson  Medical  College 

ROBERTS.  YASUI,  M.D College  Surgeon 

M.S.,  Temple  University 

RUTH  J.  BURKET,  R.N College  Nurse 

Hamot  Hospital  School  of  Nursing 
EMALINE  W.  DEIBERT,  R.N College  Nurse 

Williamsport  Hospital  School  of  Nursing 


THE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

The  Alumni  Association  of  Lycoming  College  has  a  membership  of  over  seven 
thousand  men  and  women.  It  is  governed  by  an  Executive  Board  of  five  officers 
and  twenty-one  members  nominated  and  elected  by  the  membership.  The 
senior  class,  the  student  body,  and  the  last  graduating  class  also  have 
representatives  on  the  Executive  Board.  It  annually  elects  a  member  to  the 
Board  of  Trustees  of  the  College  for  a  three-year  term.  The  Director  of  Alumni 
Affairs  directs  the  activities  of  the  Alumni  Office. 

The  Alumni  Association  of  Lycoming  College  has  two  objectives:  to  promote  the 
interests  of  the  college,  and  to  foster  among  its  member's  loyalty  and  devotion 
to  their  alma  mater.  Any  person  who  has  successfully  completed  one  year  of 
study  at  Lycoming  College  or  Williamsport  Dickinson  Junior  College  and  is  not 
enrolled  as  a  full-time  student  at  Lycoming  College,  and  all  former  Williamsport 
Dickinson  Seminary  students  are  Association  members. 

Acting  as  the  representative  of  alumni  on  the  campus,  and  working  also  with 
undergraduates,  the  Alumni  office  aids  in  keeping  alumni  informed  and 
interested  in  the  program,  growth,  and  activities  of  the  college  through  regular 
publications  mailed  to  all  Alumni  on  record.  Arrangements  for  Homecoming, 
Alumni  Day,  Class  Reunions,  club  meetings  and  similar  activities  are  coordi- 
nated through  this  office.  The  Alumni  Association  promotes  group  travel 
programs,  supplies  back-year  class  rings,  and  sells  water  colors  of  the  campus 
and  alumni  chairs. 

Through  The  Lycoming  College  Fund,  the  Alumni  Office  is  closely  associated 
with  the  development  program  of  the  college.  Lycoming  College  holds  Class 
A,  B,  and  C  memberships  in  the  American  Alumni  Council.  Communications  to 
the  Alumni  Assoication  should  be  addressed  to  the  Alumni  Office. 

EXECUTIVE  BOARD 

President  —  Mr.  George  Nichols  '59 

R.D.  2,  Newton  Road,  Clarks  Summit,  Pa.  18411 
Vice-President  —  Col.  Marshall  Sanders  '36 

6925  River  Oaks  Drive,  McLean,  Va.  22101 
Recording  Secretary  —  Mrs.  Jack  Breitenbach  (Forrest  Birkenstock  '41) 

535  Wilson  St.,  Williamsport,  Pa.  17701 
Corresponding  Secretary  —  Mrs.  Larry  Strauser  (Keigh  Cronauer  '59) 

R.D.  3,  Montoursville,  Pa.  17754 
Treasurer  —  Mr.  Tom  Decker  '66 

1218  S.  Allen  St.,  Apt.  7,  State  College,  Pa.  16801 
Last  Retiring  President  —  Mr.  Daniel  G.  Fultz,  Wells  College,  Aurora,  N. Y.  1 3029 


120 


Alumni 

Term  Expires  June  1975 

Dr.  James  Hoffman  '63  —  2300  24th  Road  So.,  Apt.  725,  Arlington,  Va.  22206 

Mr.  William  Worobec  70  —  Oak  Ridge  Place,  Williamsport,  Pa.  17701 

Mr.  Dennis  Kitzman  '59  —  174  Garnsey  Road,  Pittsford,  New  York  14544 

Mr.  John  Joe  '59  —  360  East  Drive,  Coatesville,  Pa.  19320 

Mr.  James  G.  Scott  '70  —  506  Montour  Street,  Montoursville,  Pa.  17754 

Mrs.  David  Hultsch  (Lucinda  Earle  '65) 

1330  Linn  Street,  State  College,  Pa.  16801 
Mr.  Kent  T.  Baldwin  '64  —  2620  Blair  Street,  Montoursville,  Pa.  17754 


Term  Expires  June  1976 

Mr.  Wenrich  Green  '65  —  R.D.  1,  Williamsport,  Pa.  17701 

Dr.  Eli  Stavisky  '61  —  110  Jermyn  Drive,  Clarks  Summit,  Pa.  18411 

Mr.  William  Humes  '58  —  37C  Palmer  Square,  Princeton,  N.J.  08540 

Dr.  Otto  Sonder  '46  —  161  Valley  Heights  Drive,  Williamsport,  Pa.  17701 

Mrs.  Frances  Gleason  Levegood  '52 

214  Kendall  Avenue,  Jersey  Shore,  Pa.  17740 
Mr.  W.  Burton  Richardson  '61 

296  Tarrington  Road,  Rochester,  New  York  14609 
Mr.  Peter  R.  Bruguiere  '69 

555  Patton  Avenue,  Apt.  16A,  Long  Branch,  N.J.  07740 


Term  Expires  June  1977 

Dr.  Mary  Schweikle  '63 

2905  Orchard  Avenue,  R.D.  3,  Montoursville,  Pa.  17754 
Mr.  John  B.  Ernst  '58  —  21 1  Belmont  Avenue,  Doylestown,  Pa.  18901 
Mrs.  Duane  Snee  (Beth  E.  Musser  '66) 

R.D.  7,  Box  279,  Washington,  Pa.  15301 
Mr.  David  L.  Johnson  '70  —  R.D.  2,  Montoursville,  Pa.  17754 
Mrs.  Charles  E.  Peterson,  Jr.  (Majorie  Sundin  '49) 

730  North  30th  Street,  Allentown,  Pa.  18104 
Mr.  Donald  E.  Failor  '68  —  12  Country  Club  Place,  Camp  Hill,  Pa.  17011 
Mr.  John  R.  Biggar  '66  —  1807  Frankenfield  Street,  Allentown,  Pa.  18104 


Alumni  Representatives  to  Lycoming  College  Board  of  Trustees 

(1975)  Mr.  Harold  H.  Shreckengast,  Jr.  '50 

600  Cheltena  Avenue,  Jenkintown,  Pa.  19046 

(1976)  Dr.  Robert  G.  Little  '63  —  4621  Tarryton  Drive,  Harrisburg,  Pa.  17109 

(1977)  Mr.  Daniel  G.  Fultz  '57  —  Wells  College,  Aurora,  New  York  13026 
Representative  of  the  Class  of  1974  — 

Mr.  John  Steinle,  307  Beach  Avenue,  Woodbury  Heights,  N.J.  08097 
Senior  Class  President  -  Mr.  Bruce  Sawyer  '75 
Student  Association  of  Lycoming  College  President  —  Mr.  Dan  Jones 


121 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1974-75 


SEPTEMBER 

OCTOBER 

NOVEMBER 

S     M     T     W     T     F     S 

S     M     T     W     T     F     S 

S     M     T     W     T     F     S 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

2 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

22 
29 

23 
30 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

20 

21 

28 

22 
29 

23 
30 

24 
31 

25 

26 

17 

24 

18 

25 

19 
26 

20 

27 

21 

28 

22 

29 

23 
30 

27 

DECEMBER 

JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 

S     M     T     W     T     F     S 

S     M     T     W     T     F     S 

S     M     T     W     T     F     S 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

28 

12 
19 

13 
20 

14 
21 

15 
22 

16 
23 

17 
24 

18 

25 

9 
16 

10 
17 

11 
18 

12 
19 

13 
20 

14 
21 

15 
22 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

29 

30 

31 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

MARCH 

APRIL 

MAY 

S     M     T     W     T     F     S 

S     M     T     W     T     F     S 

S     M     T    W     T     F     S 

2 
9 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

1 

8 

6 
13 

7 
14 

1 

8 
15 

2 

9 
16 

3 
10 
17 

4 
11 
18 

5 

12 

19 

1 

2 

3 

4 

11 

5 
12 

6 
13 

7 
14 

8 
15 

9 
16 

10 
17 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 
23 

17 

24 

18 

25 

19 
26 

20 

27 

21 

22 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

18 
25 

19 
26 

20 

27 

21 

28 

22 

29 

23 
30 

24 
31 

28 

29 

27 

28 

29 

30 

30 

31 

JUNE 

JULY 

AUGUST 

S     M     T     W     T      F     S 

S     M     T     W     T     F     S 

S     M     T     W     T     F     S 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

1 

8 

2 

9 

3 
10 

4 
11 

5 
12 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

1 

8 

2 

9 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

6 

7 

15 
22 
29 

16 
23 
30 

17 
24 

18 
25 

19 
26 

20 

27 

21 

28 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 
26 

10 
17 
24 

11 
18 
25 

12 
19 
26 

13 
20 

27 

14 
21 

28 

15 
22 
29 

16 
23 
30 

20 

27 

21 

28 

22 
29 

23 
30 

24 
31 

25 

31 

ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1974-75 


FALL  SEMESTER 

September     1  — Sunday 
September     3  — Tuesday 
September     4  — Wednesday 

November    26  — Tuesday 

December     2  — Monday 
December   20  — Friday 


Dormitories  open  2  p.m. 

Registration 

Classes  Begin. 

Thanksgiving  recess  begins  8  p.m. 

Classes  resume  8  a.m. 
Semester  ends  5  p.m. 


SPRING  SEMESTER 


January 
January 

5  — Sunday 

6  — Monday 

February 

28  —Friday 

March 
March 

10  —Monday 
28  —Good  Friday 

April 

25  — Friday 

May 

4  — Sunday 

Dormitories  open  2  p.m. 
Registration,  and  classes  begin. 

Spring  recess  begins  5  p.m. 

Classes  resume  8  a.m. 
Afternoon  Classes  suspended. 

Semester  ends  5  p.m. 

Commencement. 


MAY  TERM  (4  Weeks) 


May 

4  — Sunday 

Dormitories  open  2  p.m. 

May 

5  — Monday 

Registration,  and  classes  begin 

May 

30  —Friday 

Term  ends. 

SUMMER  TERM  (6  Weeks) 


June 
June 

July 


8  — Sunday 

9  — Monday 

18  — Friday 


Dormitories  open  2  p.m. 
Registration,  and  classes  begin. 

Term  ends. 


723 


INDEX 


Academic  Advisement 54,  56 

Academic  Center 36 

Academic  Honesty 61 

Academic  Honors 60 

Academic  Program 53 

Academic  Standing 60 

Accounting  Career 46 

Accounting /Mathematics  (EIM) 62 

Accreditation 4 

Activities,  Student 22 

Additional  Charges 12 

Administrative  Staff 111 

Admissions  Office 8 

Admissions  Policy 5 

Advanced  Standing 7 

Alumni  Association 120 

Application  Fee  and  Deposit 12 

Application  Procedure 6 

Attendance,  Class 61 

Books  and  Supplies 13 

Business  Career 46 

Calendar,  Academic 123 

Calendar,  Regular 123 

Campus 33,  36 

Campus  Map 37 

Career  Development  Center 27 

Career  Opportunities 45 

Accounting 46 

Business 46 

Dental  School,  Preparation  for 51 

Drama — Cooperative  Program 49 

Engineering — Cooperative 

Curriculum 49 

Forestry — Cooperative 

Curriculum 50 

Graduate  Study 50 

Law  School,  Preparation  for 51 

Medical  School,  Preparation  for 51 

Medical  Technology 48 

Religious  Education 47 

Teacher  Education 47 

Theological  Seminary, 

Preparation  for 51 

Veterinary  School,  Preparation  for 51 

Chapel 36 

Christian  Ministry,  Preparation  for 51 

Class  Attendance 61 

Clubs  and  Organizations  on  Campus....  23 

College  Level  Exam  Program  (CLEP) 7 

College  Personnel 109 

Commuters'  Lounge 36 

Communications  With  the  College 126 


Community  Scholarships 19 

Conduct,  Standards  of 30 

Counseling,  Academic 56 

Counseling,  Personal 26 

Course  Credit  by  Exam 7 

Course  Work 53 

Damage  Charges 14 

Degree  Programs 54 

Degree  Requirements 53 

Dental  School,  Preparation  for 51 

Departmental  Honors 42 

Departmental  Majors 54 

Deposit 5,  12 

Deposit  Refund 5,  12 

Distribution  Requirements 56 

English 57 

Fine  Arts 58 

Foreign  Language  or 

Mathematics 57 

History  and  Social  Science 58 

Natural  Science 58 

Religion  or  Philosophy 57 

Drama,  Cooperative  Program 49 

Early  Admission  Procedure 7 

Education  Financing  Plans 19 

Educational  Opportunity  Grants 18 

Engineering  Cooperative  Curriculum 49 

Entrance  Exams  (CEEB) 6 

Evaluation,  Freshman  Mid-Semester 60 

Expenses 11 

Faculty 112 

Facilities 36 

Fees 12 

Financial  Aid 15 

Financial  Information 11 

Financing  Plans 19 

Fine  Arts  Activities 24 

Forestry  Cooperative  Curriculum 50 

Fraternities,  Social 24 

General  Expenses 11 

Grading  System 59 

Graduate  Study 50 

Graduation  Requirements 53 

Grants-in-Aid 16 

Handbook  for  Students 

(Guidepost) 23 

Health  Professions 

Careers 51 

Health  Service 26 

History  of  the  College 4 

Honor  Societies 60 

Honors,  Academic 60 


724 


INDEX /125 


Independent  Study 42 

Insurance 14 

Intercollegiate  Sports 24 

Interdisciplinary  Majors 54 

Established  Majors  (EIM) 54,  62 

Individual  Majors  (MM) 54,  65 

International  Intercultural 

Studies 44 

Interviews 6,  8 

Intramural  Athletics 24 

Law  School,  Preparation  for 51 

Literature  (EIM) 63 

Loans 18,  19 

Location 3 

London  Semester 44 

Major 54 

Admission  To 56 

Departmental 54 

Interdisciplinary 54 

May  Term 40B 

Medical  College,  Preparation  for 51 

Medical  History 6 

Medical  Technology 48 

Mid-Semester  Evaluation 

(Freshman) 60 

Ministerial  Grants-in-Aid 17 

National  Defense  Loans  (NDEA) 18 

Non-Payment  of  Fees  Penalty 14 

Objectives  and  Purpose 3 

Optometry  School, 

Preparation  for 51 

Organizations  and  Clubs  on 

Campus 23 

Orientation 9 

Osteopathy  School, 

Preparation  for 51 

Payment  of  Fees 13 

Payments,  Partial 13 

Personal  Counseling 26 

Physical  Examination 6 

Placement  Services 27 

Podiatry  School,  Preparation  for 51 

Publications  and  Communications 23 

Purpose  and  Objectives 3 

Radio  Station — Campus 24 

Reading  Improvement  Course 27 

Refunds 13 

Regulations  (Standard  of  Conduct) 30 

Religious  Education 47 

Religious  Life 31 

Requirements,  Academic  for 
Admission 5 


Residence 27 

Residency  Requirement 53 

Rules 23 

Scholarships 16 

Selection  Process 5 

Seminar  Study 42 

Sequential  Courses 66 

Societies,  Honor 60 

Soviet  Area  Studies  Program 64 

Special  Opportunities 35 

Departmental  Honors 41 

Independent  Study 42 

International  Intercultural 

Studies 44 

London  Semester 44 

Lycoming  Scholars 38 

Overseas  Studies  Opportunities 44 

May  Term 40B 

Seminar  Study 42 

United  Nations  Semester 44 

Washington  International 

Semester 44 

Washington  Semester 43 

Special  Programs 40B 

Special  Student 8 

Sports 24 

Standards  of  Admission 5 

Standards  of  Conduct 30 

State  Grants 19 

State  Guaranteed  Loans 19 

Student  Activities 22 

Student  Association 22 

Student  Publications 23 

Student  Services 26 

Student  Union 22 

Study  Skills  Program 26 

Summer  Session  Admission 8 

Summer  Sessions  Calendar 123 

Teacher  Education 47 

Theological  Seminary, 

Preparation  for 51 

Traditions 3 

Transfer 7 

Unit  Course 53 

United  Nations  Semester 44 

Veterans,  Provisions  for 8 

Veterinary  School, 

Preparation  for 51 

Washington  Semester 43 

Withdrawing  from  Courses 60 

Withdrawal  from  College 13 

Work-Study  Grants 18 


COMMUNICATION  WITH  THE  COLLEGE 

This  document  contains  pertinent  information  about  the  college,  its  philosophy, 
programs,  policies,  regulations,  and  offerings.  All  students  and  prospective 
students  are  urged  to  read  it  carefully  and  completely. 

Inquiries  of  a  specific  nature  should  be  addressed  as  follows: 

Director  of  Admissions: 

Admission  to  the  freshman  class. 
Admission  with  advanced  standing. 
Re-entry  of  students  to  Lycoming  College 
Request  for  catalogs. 

Treasurer: 

Payment  of  college  bills. 
Inquiries  concerning  expenses. 

Director  of  Student  Aid: 

Scholarships  and  loan  funds  for  students  in  college. 
Financial  assistance  for  entering  students. 

Dean  of  the  College: 

Information  about  faculty  and  faculty  activities. 
Academic  work  of  students  in  college. 

Dean  of  Student  Services: 

Questions  or  problems  concerning  student's  health. 
Residence  and  campus  regulations. 

Registrar: 

Requests  for  transcripts. 
Notices  of  withdrawal. 

Career  Development  Center: 
Opportunities  for  self-help. 
Employment  while  in  college. 
Employment  upon  graduation. 

Director  of  Development: 
Gifts  or  bequests. 

Director  of  Alumni  Affairs 

Director  of  Public  Relations 

/AdoVess.LYCOMING  COLLEGE,  Williamsport,  Pennsylvania  17701 
Telephone:  326-1951  Area  Code  717 

ALL  OF  THE  PROVISIONS  IN  THIS  CATALOG  ARE  EFFECTIVE  JUNE  1 ,  1974 

Lycoming  College  reserves  the  right  to  make  any  necessary  changes  in  the  academic  calendar, 
charges,  courses,  or  any  other  section  of  this  catalog 


126 


Ifc-^fl